Search Results

Search found 2299 results on 92 pages for 'alec smart'.

Page 92/92 | < Previous Page | 88 89 90 91 92 

  • Tips for XNA WP7 Developers

    - by Michael B. McLaughlin
    There are several things any XNA developer should know/consider when coming to the Windows Phone 7 platform. This post assumes you are familiar with the XNA Framework and with the changes between XNA 3.1 and XNA 4.0. It’s not exhaustive; it’s simply a list of things I’ve gathered over time. I may come back and add to it over time, and I’m happy to add anything anyone else has experienced or learned as well. Display · The screen is either 800x480 or 480x800. · But you aren’t required to use only those resolutions. · The hardware scaler on the phone will scale up from 240x240. · One dimension will be capped at 800 and the other at 480; which depends on your code, but you cannot have, e.g., an 800x600 back buffer – that will be created as 800x480. · The hardware scaler will not normally change aspect ratio, though, so no unintended stretching. · Any dimension (width, height, or both) below 240 will be adjusted to 240 (without any aspect ratio adjustment such that, e.g. 200x240 will be treated as 240x240). · Dimensions below 240 will be honored in terms of calculating whether to use portrait or landscape. · If dimensions are exactly equal or if height is greater than width then game will be in portrait. · If width is greater than height, the game will be in landscape. · Landscape games will automatically flip if the user turns the phone 180°; no code required. · Default landscape is top = left. In other words a user holding a phone who starts a landscape game will see the first image presented so that the “top” of the screen is along the right edge of his/her phone, such that the natural behavior would be to turn the phone 90° so that the top of the phone will be held in the user’s left hand and the bottom would be held in the user’s right hand. · The status bar (where the clock, battery power, etc., are found) is hidden when the Game-derived class sets GraphicsDeviceManager.IsFullScreen = true. It is shown when IsFullScreen = false. The default value is false (i.e. the status bar is shown). · You should have a good reason for hiding the status bar. Users find it helpful to know what time it is, how much charge their battery has left, and whether or not their phone is in service range. This is especially true for casual games that you expect someone to play for a few minutes at a time, e.g. while waiting for some event to start, for a phone call to come in, or for a train, bus, or subway to arrive. · In portrait mode, the status bar occupies 32 pixels of space. This means that a game with a back buffer of 480x800 will be scaled down to occupy approximately 461x768 screen pixels. Setting the back buffer to 480x768 (or some resolution with the same 0.625 aspect ratio) will avoid this scaling. · In landscape mode, the status bar occupies 72 pixels of space. This means that a game with a back buffer of 800x480 will be scaled down to occupy approximately 728x437 screen pixels. Setting the back buffer to 728x480 (or some resolution with the same 1.51666667 aspect ratio) will avoid this scaling. Input · Touch input is scaled with screen size. · So if your back buffer is 600x360, a tap in the bottom right corner will come in as (599,359). You don’t need to do anything special to get this automatic scaling of touch behavior. · If you do not use full area of the screen, any touch input outside the area you use will still register as a touch input. For example, if you set a portrait resolution of 240x240, it would be scaled up to occupy a 480x480 area, centered in the screen. If you touch anywhere above this area, you will get a touch input of (X,0) where X is a number from 0 to 239 (in accordance with your 240 pixel wide back buffer). Any touch below this area will give a touch input of (X,239). · If you keep the status bar visible, touches within its area will not be passed to your game. · In general, a screen measurement is the diagonal. So a 3.5” screen is 3.5” long from the bottom right corner to the top left corner. With an aspect ratio of 0.6 (480/800 = 0.6), this means that a phone with a 3.5” screen is only approximately 1.8” wide by 3” tall. So there are approximately 267 pixels in an inch on a 3.5” screen. · Again, this time in metric! 3.5 inches is approximately 8.89 cm. So an 8.89 cm screen is 8.89 cm long from the bottom right corner to the top left corner. With an aspect ratio of 0.6, this means that a phone with an 8.89 cm screen is only approximately 4.57 cm wide by 7.62 cm tall. So there are approximately 105 pixels in a centimeter on an 8.89 cm screen. · Think about the size of your finger tip. If you do not have large hands, think about the size of the fingertip of someone with large hands. Consider that when you are sizing your touch input. Especially consider that when you are spacing two touch targets near one another. You need to judge it for yourself, but items that are next to each other and are each 100x100 should be fine when it comes to selecting items individually. Smaller targets than that are ok provided that you leave space between them. · You want your users to have a pleasant experience. Making touch controls too small or too close to one another will make them nervous about whether they will touch the right target. Take this into account when you plan out your game initially. If possible, do some quick size mockups on an actual phone using colored rectangles that you position and size where you plan to have your game controls. Adjust as necessary. · People do not have transparent hands! Nor are their hands the size of a mouse pointer icon. Consider leaving a dedicated space for input rather than forcing the user to cover up to one-third of the screen with a finger just to play the game. · Another benefit of designing your controls to use a dedicated area is that you’re less likely to have players moving their finger(s) so frantically that they accidentally hit the back button, start button, or search button (many phones have one or more of these on the screen itself – it’s easy to hit one by accident and really annoying if you hit, e.g., the search button and then quickly tap back only to find out that the game didn’t save your progress such that you just wasted all the time you spent playing). · People do not like doing somersaults in order to move something forward with accelerometer-based controls. Test your accelerometer-based controls extensively and get a lot of feedback. Very well-known games from noted publishers have created really bad accelerometer controls and been virtually unplayable as a result. Also be wary of exceptions and other possible failures that the documentation warns about. · When done properly, the accelerometer can add a nice touch to your game (see, e.g. ilomilo where the accelerometer was used to move the background; it added a nice touch without frustrating the user; I also think CarniVale does direct accelerometer controls very well). However, if done poorly, it will make your game an abomination unto the Marketplace. Days, weeks, perhaps even months of development time that you will never get back. I won’t name names; you can search the marketplace for games with terrible reviews and you’ll find them. Graphics · The maximum frame rate is 30 frames per second. This was set as a compromise between battery life and quality. · At least one model of phone is known to have a screen refresh rate that is between 59 and 60 hertz. Because of this, using a fixed time step with a target frame rate of 30 will cause a slight internal delay to build up as the framework is forced to wait slightly for the next refresh. Eventually the delay will get to the point where a draw is skipped in order to recover from the delay. (See Nick's comment below for clarification.) · To deal with that delay, you can either stay with a fixed time step and set the frame rate slightly lower or else you can go to a variable time step and make sure to adjust all of your update data (e.g. player movement distance) to take into account the elapsed time from the last update. A variable time step makes your update logic slightly more complicated but will avoid frame skips entirely. · Currently there are no custom shaders. This might change in the future (there is no hardware limitation preventing it; it simply wasn’t a feature that could be implemented in the time available before launch). · There are five built-in shaders. You can create a lot of nice effects with the built-in shaders. · There is more power on the CPU than there is on the GPU so things you might typically off-load to the GPU will instead make sense to do on the CPU side. · This is a phone. It is not a PC. It is not an Xbox 360. The emulator runs on a PC and uses the full power of your PC. It is very good for testing your code for bugs and doing early prototyping and layout. You should not use it to measure performance. Use actual phone hardware instead. · There are many phone models, each of which has slightly different performance levels for I/O, screen blitting, CPU performance, etc. Do not take your game right to the performance limit on your phone since for some other phones you might be crossing their limits and leaving players with a bad experience. Leave a cushion to account for hardware differences. · Smaller screened phones will have slightly more dots per inch (dpi). Larger screened phones will have slightly less. Either way, the dpi will be much higher than the typical 96 found on most computer screens. Make sure that whoever is doing art for your game takes this into account. · Screens are only required to have 16 bit color (65,536 colors). This is common among smart phones. Using gradients on a 16 bit display can produce an ugly artifact known as banding. Banding is when, rather than a smooth transition from one color to another, you instead see distinct lines. Be careful to avoid this when possible. Banding can be avoided through careful art creation. Its effects can be minimized and even unnoticeable when the texture in question is always moving. You should be careful not to rely on “looks good on my phone” since some phones do have 32-bit displays and thus you’ll find yourself wondering why you’re getting bad reviews that complain about the graphics. Avoid gradients; if you can’t, make sure they are 16-bit safe. Audio · Never rely on sounds as your sole signal to the player that something is happening in the game. They might have the sound off. They might be playing somewhere loud. Etc. · You have to provide controls to disable sound & music. These should be separate. · On at least one model of phone, the volume control API currently has no effect. Players can adjust sound with their hardware volume buttons, but in game selectors simply won’t work. As such, it may not be worth the effort of providing anything beyond on/off switches for sound and music. · MediaPlayer.GameHasControl will return true when a game is hooked up to a PC running Zune. When Zune is running, any attempts to do anything (beyond check GameHasControl) with MediaPlayer will cause an exception to be thrown. If this exception is thrown, catch it and disable music. Exceptions take time to propagate; you don’t want one popping up in every single run of your game’s Update method. · Remember that players can already be listening to music or using the FM radio. In this case GameHasControl will be false and you should handle this appropriately. You can, alternately, ask the player for permission to stop their current music and play your music instead, but the (current) requirement that you restore their music when done is very hard (if not impossible) to deal with. · You can still play sound effects even when the game doesn’t have control of the music, but don’t think this is a backdoor to playing music. Your game will fail certification if your “sound effect” seems to be more like music in scope and length.

    Read the article

  • Announcing release of ASP.NET MVC 3, IIS Express, SQL CE 4, Web Farm Framework, Orchard, WebMatrix

    - by ScottGu
    I’m excited to announce the release today of several products: ASP.NET MVC 3 NuGet IIS Express 7.5 SQL Server Compact Edition 4 Web Deploy and Web Farm Framework 2.0 Orchard 1.0 WebMatrix 1.0 The above products are all free. They build upon the .NET 4 and VS 2010 release, and add a ton of additional value to ASP.NET (both Web Forms and MVC) and the Microsoft Web Server stack. ASP.NET MVC 3 Today we are shipping the final release of ASP.NET MVC 3.  You can download and install ASP.NET MVC 3 here.  The ASP.NET MVC 3 source code (released under an OSI-compliant open source license) can also optionally be downloaded here. ASP.NET MVC 3 is a significant update that brings with it a bunch of great features.  Some of the improvements include: Razor ASP.NET MVC 3 ships with a new view-engine option called “Razor” (in addition to continuing to support/enhance the existing .aspx view engine).  Razor minimizes the number of characters and keystrokes required when writing a view template, and enables a fast, fluid coding workflow. Unlike most template syntaxes, with Razor you do not need to interrupt your coding to explicitly denote the start and end of server blocks within your HTML. The Razor parser is smart enough to infer this from your code. This enables a compact and expressive syntax which is clean, fast and fun to type.  You can learn more about Razor from some of the blog posts I’ve done about it over the last 6 months Introducing Razor New @model keyword in Razor Layouts with Razor Server-Side Comments with Razor Razor’s @: and <text> syntax Implicit and Explicit code nuggets with Razor Layouts and Sections with Razor Today’s release supports full code intellisense support for Razor (both VB and C#) with Visual Studio 2010 and the free Visual Web Developer 2010 Express. JavaScript Improvements ASP.NET MVC 3 enables richer JavaScript scenarios and takes advantage of emerging HTML5 capabilities. The AJAX and Validation helpers in ASP.NET MVC 3 now use an Unobtrusive JavaScript based approach.  Unobtrusive JavaScript avoids injecting inline JavaScript into HTML, and enables cleaner separation of behavior using the new HTML 5 “data-“ attribute convention (which conveniently works on older browsers as well – including IE6). This keeps your HTML tight and clean, and makes it easier to optionally swap out or customize JS libraries.  ASP.NET MVC 3 now includes built-in support for posting JSON-based parameters from client-side JavaScript to action methods on the server.  This makes it easier to exchange data across the client and server, and build rich JavaScript front-ends.  We think this capability will be particularly useful going forward with scenarios involving client templates and data binding (including the jQuery plugins the ASP.NET team recently contributed to the jQuery project).  Previous releases of ASP.NET MVC included the core jQuery library.  ASP.NET MVC 3 also now ships the jQuery Validate plugin (which our validation helpers use for client-side validation scenarios).  We are also now shipping and including jQuery UI by default as well (which provides a rich set of client-side JavaScript UI widgets for you to use within projects). Improved Validation ASP.NET MVC 3 includes a bunch of validation enhancements that make it even easier to work with data. Client-side validation is now enabled by default with ASP.NET MVC 3 (using an onbtrusive javascript implementation).  Today’s release also includes built-in support for Remote Validation - which enables you to annotate a model class with a validation attribute that causes ASP.NET MVC to perform a remote validation call to a server method when validating input on the client. The validation features introduced within .NET 4’s System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations namespace are now supported by ASP.NET MVC 3.  This includes support for the new IValidatableObject interface – which enables you to perform model-level validation, and allows you to provide validation error messages specific to the state of the overall model, or between two properties within the model.  ASP.NET MVC 3 also supports the improvements made to the ValidationAttribute class in .NET 4.  ValidationAttribute now supports a new IsValid overload that provides more information about the current validation context, such as what object is being validated.  This enables richer scenarios where you can validate the current value based on another property of the model.  We’ve shipped a built-in [Compare] validation attribute  with ASP.NET MVC 3 that uses this support and makes it easy out of the box to compare and validate two property values. You can use any data access API or technology with ASP.NET MVC.  This past year, though, we’ve worked closely with the .NET data team to ensure that the new EF Code First library works really well for ASP.NET MVC applications.  These two posts of mine cover the latest EF Code First preview and demonstrates how to use it with ASP.NET MVC 3 to enable easy editing of data (with end to end client+server validation support).  The final release of EF Code First will ship in the next few weeks. Today we are also publishing the first preview of a new MvcScaffolding project.  It enables you to easily scaffold ASP.NET MVC 3 Controllers and Views, and works great with EF Code-First (and is pluggable to support other data providers).  You can learn more about it – and install it via NuGet today - from Steve Sanderson’s MvcScaffolding blog post. Output Caching Previous releases of ASP.NET MVC supported output caching content at a URL or action-method level. With ASP.NET MVC V3 we are also enabling support for partial page output caching – which allows you to easily output cache regions or fragments of a response as opposed to the entire thing.  This ends up being super useful in a lot of scenarios, and enables you to dramatically reduce the work your application does on the server.  The new partial page output caching support in ASP.NET MVC 3 enables you to easily re-use cached sub-regions/fragments of a page across multiple URLs on a site.  It supports the ability to cache the content either on the web-server, or optionally cache it within a distributed cache server like Windows Server AppFabric or memcached. I’ll post some tutorials on my blog that show how to take advantage of ASP.NET MVC 3’s new output caching support for partial page scenarios in the future. Better Dependency Injection ASP.NET MVC 3 provides better support for applying Dependency Injection (DI) and integrating with Dependency Injection/IOC containers. With ASP.NET MVC 3 you no longer need to author custom ControllerFactory classes in order to enable DI with Controllers.  You can instead just register a Dependency Injection framework with ASP.NET MVC 3 and it will resolve dependencies not only for Controllers, but also for Views, Action Filters, Model Binders, Value Providers, Validation Providers, and Model Metadata Providers that you use within your application. This makes it much easier to cleanly integrate dependency injection within your projects. Other Goodies ASP.NET MVC 3 includes dozens of other nice improvements that help to both reduce the amount of code you write, and make the code you do write cleaner.  Here are just a few examples: Improved New Project dialog that makes it easy to start new ASP.NET MVC 3 projects from templates. Improved Add->View Scaffolding support that enables the generation of even cleaner view templates. New ViewBag property that uses .NET 4’s dynamic support to make it easy to pass late-bound data from Controllers to Views. Global Filters support that allows specifying cross-cutting filter attributes (like [HandleError]) across all Controllers within an app. New [AllowHtml] attribute that allows for more granular request validation when binding form posted data to models. Sessionless controller support that allows fine grained control over whether SessionState is enabled on a Controller. New ActionResult types like HttpNotFoundResult and RedirectPermanent for common HTTP scenarios. New Html.Raw() helper to indicate that output should not be HTML encoded. New Crypto helpers for salting and hashing passwords. And much, much more… Learn More about ASP.NET MVC 3 We will be posting lots of tutorials and samples on the http://asp.net/mvc site in the weeks ahead.  Below are two good ASP.NET MVC 3 tutorials available on the site today: Build your First ASP.NET MVC 3 Application: VB and C# Building the ASP.NET MVC 3 Music Store We’ll post additional ASP.NET MVC 3 tutorials and videos on the http://asp.net/mvc site in the future. Visit it regularly to find new tutorials as they are published. How to Upgrade Existing Projects ASP.NET MVC 3 is compatible with ASP.NET MVC 2 – which means it should be easy to update existing MVC projects to ASP.NET MVC 3.  The new features in ASP.NET MVC 3 build on top of the foundational work we’ve already done with the MVC 1 and MVC 2 releases – which means that the skills, knowledge, libraries, and books you’ve acquired are all directly applicable with the MVC 3 release.  MVC 3 adds new features and capabilities – it doesn’t obsolete existing ones. You can upgrade existing ASP.NET MVC 2 projects by following the manual upgrade steps in the release notes.  Alternatively, you can use this automated ASP.NET MVC 3 upgrade tool to easily update your  existing projects. Localized Builds Today’s ASP.NET MVC 3 release is available in English.  We will be releasing localized versions of ASP.NET MVC 3 (in 9 languages) in a few days.  I’ll blog pointers to the localized downloads once they are available. NuGet Today we are also shipping NuGet – a free, open source, package manager that makes it easy for you to find, install, and use open source libraries in your projects. It works with all .NET project types (including ASP.NET Web Forms, ASP.NET MVC, WPF, WinForms, Silverlight, and Class Libraries).  You can download and install it here. NuGet enables developers who maintain open source projects (for example, .NET projects like Moq, NHibernate, Ninject, StructureMap, NUnit, Windsor, Raven, Elmah, etc) to package up their libraries and register them with an online gallery/catalog that is searchable.  The client-side NuGet tools – which include full Visual Studio integration – make it trivial for any .NET developer who wants to use one of these libraries to easily find and install it within the project they are working on. NuGet handles dependency management between libraries (for example: library1 depends on library2). It also makes it easy to update (and optionally remove) libraries from your projects later. It supports updating web.config files (if a package needs configuration settings). It also allows packages to add PowerShell scripts to a project (for example: scaffold commands). Importantly, NuGet is transparent and clean – and does not install anything at the system level. Instead it is focused on making it easy to manage libraries you use with your projects. Our goal with NuGet is to make it as simple as possible to integrate open source libraries within .NET projects.  NuGet Gallery This week we also launched a beta version of the http://nuget.org web-site – which allows anyone to easily search and browse an online gallery of open source packages available via NuGet.  The site also now allows developers to optionally submit new packages that they wish to share with others.  You can learn more about how to create and share a package here. There are hundreds of open-source .NET projects already within the NuGet Gallery today.  We hope to have thousands there in the future. IIS Express 7.5 Today we are also shipping IIS Express 7.5.  IIS Express is a free version of IIS 7.5 that is optimized for developer scenarios.  It works for both ASP.NET Web Forms and ASP.NET MVC project types. We think IIS Express combines the ease of use of the ASP.NET Web Server (aka Cassini) currently built-into Visual Studio today with the full power of IIS.  Specifically: It’s lightweight and easy to install (less than 5Mb download and a quick install) It does not require an administrator account to run/debug applications from Visual Studio It enables a full web-server feature set – including SSL, URL Rewrite, and other IIS 7.x modules It supports and enables the same extensibility model and web.config file settings that IIS 7.x support It can be installed side-by-side with the full IIS web server as well as the ASP.NET Development Server (they do not conflict at all) It works on Windows XP and higher operating systems – giving you a full IIS 7.x developer feature-set on all Windows OS platforms IIS Express (like the ASP.NET Development Server) can be quickly launched to run a site from a directory on disk.  It does not require any registration/configuration steps. This makes it really easy to launch and run for development scenarios.  You can also optionally redistribute IIS Express with your own applications if you want a lightweight web-server.  The standard IIS Express EULA now includes redistributable rights. Visual Studio 2010 SP1 adds support for IIS Express.  Read my VS 2010 SP1 and IIS Express blog post to learn more about what it enables.  SQL Server Compact Edition 4 Today we are also shipping SQL Server Compact Edition 4 (aka SQL CE 4).  SQL CE is a free, embedded, database engine that enables easy database storage. No Database Installation Required SQL CE does not require you to run a setup or install a database server in order to use it.  You can simply copy the SQL CE binaries into the \bin directory of your ASP.NET application, and then your web application can use it as a database engine.  No setup or extra security permissions are required for it to run. You do not need to have an administrator account on the machine. Just copy your web application onto any server and it will work. This is true even of medium-trust applications running in a web hosting environment. SQL CE runs in-memory within your ASP.NET application and will start-up when you first access a SQL CE database, and will automatically shutdown when your application is unloaded.  SQL CE databases are stored as files that live within the \App_Data folder of your ASP.NET Applications. Works with Existing Data APIs SQL CE 4 works with existing .NET-based data APIs, and supports a SQL Server compatible query syntax.  This means you can use existing data APIs like ADO.NET, as well as use higher-level ORMs like Entity Framework and NHibernate with SQL CE.  This enables you to use the same data programming skills and data APIs you know today. Supports Development, Testing and Production Scenarios SQL CE can be used for development scenarios, testing scenarios, and light production usage scenarios.  With the SQL CE 4 release we’ve done the engineering work to ensure that SQL CE won’t crash or deadlock when used in a multi-threaded server scenario (like ASP.NET).  This is a big change from previous releases of SQL CE – which were designed for client-only scenarios and which explicitly blocked running in web-server environments.  Starting with SQL CE 4 you can use it in a web-server as well. There are no license restrictions with SQL CE.  It is also totally free. Tooling Support with VS 2010 SP1 Visual Studio 2010 SP1 adds support for SQL CE 4 and ASP.NET Projects.  Read my VS 2010 SP1 and SQL CE 4 blog post to learn more about what it enables.  Web Deploy and Web Farm Framework 2.0 Today we are also releasing Microsoft Web Deploy V2 and Microsoft Web Farm Framework V2.  These services provide a flexible and powerful way to deploy ASP.NET applications onto either a single server, or across a web farm of machines. You can learn more about these capabilities from my previous blog posts on them: Introducing the Microsoft Web Farm Framework Automating Deployment with Microsoft Web Deploy Visit the http://iis.net website to learn more and install them. Both are free. Orchard 1.0 Today we are also releasing Orchard v1.0.  Orchard is a free, open source, community based project.  It provides Content Management System (CMS) and Blogging System support out of the box, and makes it possible to easily create and manage web-sites without having to write code (site owners can customize a site through the browser-based editing tools built-into Orchard).  Read these tutorials to learn more about how you can setup and manage your own Orchard site. Orchard itself is built as an ASP.NET MVC 3 application using Razor view templates (and by default uses SQL CE 4 for data storage).  Developers wishing to extend an Orchard site with custom functionality can open and edit it as a Visual Studio project – and add new ASP.NET MVC Controllers/Views to it.  WebMatrix 1.0 WebMatrix is a new, free, web development tool from Microsoft that provides a suite of technologies that make it easier to enable website development.  It enables a developer to start a new site by browsing and downloading an app template from an online gallery of web applications (which includes popular apps like Umbraco, DotNetNuke, Orchard, WordPress, Drupal and Joomla).  Alternatively it also enables developers to create and code web sites from scratch. WebMatrix is task focused and helps guide developers as they work on sites.  WebMatrix includes IIS Express, SQL CE 4, and ASP.NET - providing an integrated web-server, database and programming framework combination.  It also includes built-in web publishing support which makes it easy to find and deploy sites to web hosting providers. You can learn more about WebMatrix from my Introducing WebMatrix blog post this summer.  Visit http://microsoft.com/web to download and install it today. Summary I’m really excited about today’s releases – they provide a bunch of additional value that makes web development with ASP.NET, Visual Studio and the Microsoft Web Server a lot better.  A lot of folks worked hard to share this with you today. On behalf of my whole team – we hope you enjoy them! Scott P.S. In addition to blogging, I am also now using Twitter for quick updates and to share links. Follow me at: twitter.com/scottgu

    Read the article

  • VS 2010 SP1 and SQL CE

    - by ScottGu
    Last month we released the Beta of VS 2010 Service Pack 1 (SP1).  You can learn more about the VS 2010 SP1 Beta from Jason Zander’s two blog posts about it, and from Scott Hanselman’s blog post that covers some of the new capabilities enabled with it.   You can download and install the VS 2010 SP1 Beta here. Last week I blogged about the new Visual Studio support for IIS Express that we are adding with VS 2010 SP1. In today’s post I’m going to talk about the new VS 2010 SP1 tooling support for SQL CE, and walkthrough some of the cool scenarios it enables.  SQL CE – What is it and why should you care? SQL CE is a free, embedded, database engine that enables easy database storage. No Database Installation Required SQL CE does not require you to run a setup or install a database server in order to use it.  You can simply copy the SQL CE binaries into the \bin directory of your ASP.NET application, and then your web application can use it as a database engine.  No setup or extra security permissions are required for it to run. You do not need to have an administrator account on the machine. Just copy your web application onto any server and it will work. This is true even of medium-trust applications running in a web hosting environment. SQL CE runs in-memory within your ASP.NET application and will start-up when you first access a SQL CE database, and will automatically shutdown when your application is unloaded.  SQL CE databases are stored as files that live within the \App_Data folder of your ASP.NET Applications. Works with Existing Data APIs SQL CE 4 works with existing .NET-based data APIs, and supports a SQL Server compatible query syntax.  This means you can use existing data APIs like ADO.NET, as well as use higher-level ORMs like Entity Framework and NHibernate with SQL CE.  This enables you to use the same data programming skills and data APIs you know today. Supports Development, Testing and Production Scenarios SQL CE can be used for development scenarios, testing scenarios, and light production usage scenarios.  With the SQL CE 4 release we’ve done the engineering work to ensure that SQL CE won’t crash or deadlock when used in a multi-threaded server scenario (like ASP.NET).  This is a big change from previous releases of SQL CE – which were designed for client-only scenarios and which explicitly blocked running in web-server environments.  Starting with SQL CE 4 you can use it in a web-server as well. There are no license restrictions with SQL CE.  It is also totally free. Easy Migration to SQL Server SQL CE is an embedded database – which makes it ideal for development, testing, and light-usage scenarios.  For high-volume sites and applications you’ll probably want to migrate your database to use SQL Server Express (which is free), SQL Server or SQL Azure.  These servers enable much better scalability, more development features (including features like Stored Procedures – which aren’t supported with SQL CE), as well as more advanced data management capabilities. We’ll ship migration tools that enable you to optionally take SQL CE databases and easily upgrade them to use SQL Server Express, SQL Server, or SQL Azure.  You will not need to change your code when upgrading a SQL CE database to SQL Server or SQL Azure.  Our goal is to enable you to be able to simply change the database connection string in your web.config file and have your application just work. New Tooling Support for SQL CE in VS 2010 SP1 VS 2010 SP1 includes much improved tooling support for SQL CE, and adds support for using SQL CE within ASP.NET projects for the first time.  With VS 2010 SP1 you can now: Create new SQL CE Databases Edit and Modify SQL CE Database Schema and Indexes Populate SQL CE Databases within Data Use the Entity Framework (EF) designer to create model layers against SQL CE databases Use EF Code First to define model layers in code, then create a SQL CE database from them, and optionally edit the DB with VS Deploy SQL CE databases to remote servers using Web Deploy and optionally convert them to full SQL Server databases You can take advantage of all of the above features from within both ASP.NET Web Forms and ASP.NET MVC based projects. Download You can enable SQL CE tooling support within VS 2010 by first installing VS 2010 SP1 (beta). Once SP1 is installed, you’ll also then need to install the SQL CE Tools for Visual Studio download.  This is a separate download that enables the SQL CE tooling support for VS 2010 SP1. Walkthrough of Two Scenarios In this blog post I’m going to walkthrough how you can take advantage of SQL CE and VS 2010 SP1 using both an ASP.NET Web Forms and an ASP.NET MVC based application. Specifically, we’ll walkthrough: How to create a SQL CE database using VS 2010 SP1, then use the EF4 visual designers in Visual Studio to construct a model layer from it, and then display and edit the data using an ASP.NET GridView control. How to use an EF Code First approach to define a model layer using POCO classes and then have EF Code-First “auto-create” a SQL CE database for us based on our model classes.  We’ll then look at how we can use the new VS 2010 SP1 support for SQL CE to inspect the database that was created, populate it with data, and later make schema changes to it.  We’ll do all this within the context of an ASP.NET MVC based application. You can follow the two walkthroughs below on your own machine by installing VS 2010 SP1 (beta) and then installing the SQL CE Tools for Visual Studio download (which is a separate download that enables SQL CE tooling support for VS 2010 SP1). Walkthrough 1: Create a SQL CE Database, Create EF Model Classes, Edit the Data with a GridView This first walkthrough will demonstrate how to create and define a SQL CE database within an ASP.NET Web Form application.  We’ll then build an EF model layer for it and use that model layer to enable data editing scenarios with an <asp:GridView> control. Step 1: Create a new ASP.NET Web Forms Project We’ll begin by using the File->New Project menu command within Visual Studio to create a new ASP.NET Web Forms project.  We’ll use the “ASP.NET Web Application” project template option so that it has a default UI skin implemented: Step 2: Create a SQL CE Database Right click on the “App_Data” folder within the created project and choose the “Add->New Item” menu command: This will bring up the “Add Item” dialog box.  Select the “SQL Server Compact 4.0 Local Database” item (new in VS 2010 SP1) and name the database file to create “Store.sdf”: Note that SQL CE database files have a .sdf filename extension. Place them within the /App_Data folder of your ASP.NET application to enable easy deployment. When we clicked the “Add” button above a Store.sdf file was added to our project: Step 3: Adding a “Products” Table Double-clicking the “Store.sdf” database file will open it up within the Server Explorer tab.  Since it is a new database there are no tables within it: Right click on the “Tables” icon and choose the “Create Table” menu command to create a new database table.  We’ll name the new table “Products” and add 4 columns to it.  We’ll mark the first column as a primary key (and make it an identify column so that its value will automatically increment with each new row): When we click “ok” our new Products table will be created in the SQL CE database. Step 4: Populate with Data Once our Products table is created it will show up within the Server Explorer.  We can right-click it and choose the “Show Table Data” menu command to edit its data: Let’s add a few sample rows of data to it: Step 5: Create an EF Model Layer We have a SQL CE database with some data in it – let’s now create an EF Model Layer that will provide a way for us to easily query and update data within it. Let’s right-click on our project and choose the “Add->New Item” menu command.  This will bring up the “Add New Item” dialog – select the “ADO.NET Entity Data Model” item within it and name it “Store.edmx” This will add a new Store.edmx item to our solution explorer and launch a wizard that allows us to quickly create an EF model: Select the “Generate From Database” option above and click next.  Choose to use the Store.sdf SQL CE database we just created and then click next again.  The wizard will then ask you what database objects you want to import into your model.  Let’s choose to import the “Products” table we created earlier: When we click the “Finish” button Visual Studio will open up the EF designer.  It will have a Product entity already on it that maps to the “Products” table within our SQL CE database: The VS 2010 SP1 EF designer works exactly the same with SQL CE as it does already with SQL Server and SQL Express.  The Product entity above will be persisted as a class (called “Product”) that we can programmatically work against within our ASP.NET application. Step 6: Compile the Project Before using your model layer you’ll need to build your project.  Do a Ctrl+Shift+B to compile the project, or use the Build->Build Solution menu command. Step 7: Create a Page that Uses our EF Model Layer Let’s now create a simple ASP.NET Web Form that contains a GridView control that we can use to display and edit the our Products data (via the EF Model Layer we just created). Right-click on the project and choose the Add->New Item command.  Select the “Web Form from Master Page” item template, and name the page you create “Products.aspx”.  Base the master page on the “Site.Master” template that is in the root of the project. Add an <h2>Products</h2> heading the new Page, and add an <asp:gridview> control within it: Then click the “Design” tab to switch into design-view. Select the GridView control, and then click the top-right corner to display the GridView’s “Smart Tasks” UI: Choose the “New data source…” drop down option above.  This will bring up the below dialog which allows you to pick your Data Source type: Select the “Entity” data source option – which will allow us to easily connect our GridView to the EF model layer we created earlier.  This will bring up another dialog that allows us to pick our model layer: Select the “StoreEntities” option in the dropdown – which is the EF model layer we created earlier.  Then click next – which will allow us to pick which entity within it we want to bind to: Select the “Products” entity in the above dialog – which indicates that we want to bind against the “Product” entity class we defined earlier.  Then click the “Enable automatic updates” checkbox to ensure that we can both query and update Products.  When you click “Finish” VS will wire-up an <asp:EntityDataSource> to your <asp:GridView> control: The last two steps we’ll do will be to click the “Enable Editing” checkbox on the Grid (which will cause the Grid to display an “Edit” link on each row) and (optionally) use the Auto Format dialog to pick a UI template for the Grid. Step 8: Run the Application Let’s now run our application and browse to the /Products.aspx page that contains our GridView.  When we do so we’ll see a Grid UI of the Products within our SQL CE database. Clicking the “Edit” link for any of the rows will allow us to edit their values: When we click “Update” the GridView will post back the values, persist them through our EF Model Layer, and ultimately save them within our SQL CE database. Learn More about using EF with ASP.NET Web Forms Read this tutorial series on the http://asp.net site to learn more about how to use EF with ASP.NET Web Forms.  The tutorial series uses SQL Express as the database – but the nice thing is that all of the same steps/concepts can also now also be done with SQL CE.   Walkthrough 2: Using EF Code-First with SQL CE and ASP.NET MVC 3 We used a database-first approach with the sample above – where we first created the database, and then used the EF designer to create model classes from the database.  In addition to supporting a designer-based development workflow, EF also enables a more code-centric option which we call “code first development”.  Code-First Development enables a pretty sweet development workflow.  It enables you to: Define your model objects by simply writing “plain old classes” with no base classes or visual designer required Use a “convention over configuration” approach that enables database persistence without explicitly configuring anything Optionally override the convention-based persistence and use a fluent code API to fully customize the persistence mapping Optionally auto-create a database based on the model classes you define – allowing you to start from code first I’ve done several blog posts about EF Code First in the past – I really think it is great.  The good news is that it also works very well with SQL CE. The combination of SQL CE, EF Code First, and the new VS tooling support for SQL CE, enables a pretty nice workflow.  Below is a simple example of how you can use them to build a simple ASP.NET MVC 3 application. Step 1: Create a new ASP.NET MVC 3 Project We’ll begin by using the File->New Project menu command within Visual Studio to create a new ASP.NET MVC 3 project.  We’ll use the “Internet Project” template so that it has a default UI skin implemented: Step 2: Use NuGet to Install EFCodeFirst Next we’ll use the NuGet package manager (automatically installed by ASP.NET MVC 3) to add the EFCodeFirst library to our project.  We’ll use the Package Manager command shell to do this.  Bring up the package manager console within Visual Studio by selecting the View->Other Windows->Package Manager Console menu command.  Then type: install-package EFCodeFirst within the package manager console to download the EFCodeFirst library and have it be added to our project: When we enter the above command, the EFCodeFirst library will be downloaded and added to our application: Step 3: Build Some Model Classes Using a “code first” based development workflow, we will create our model classes first (even before we have a database).  We create these model classes by writing code. For this sample, we will right click on the “Models” folder of our project and add the below three classes to our project: The “Dinner” and “RSVP” model classes above are “plain old CLR objects” (aka POCO).  They do not need to derive from any base classes or implement any interfaces, and the properties they expose are standard .NET data-types.  No data persistence attributes or data code has been added to them.   The “NerdDinners” class derives from the DbContext class (which is supplied by EFCodeFirst) and handles the retrieval/persistence of our Dinner and RSVP instances from a database. Step 4: Listing Dinners We’ve written all of the code necessary to implement our model layer for this simple project.  Let’s now expose and implement the URL: /Dinners/Upcoming within our project.  We’ll use it to list upcoming dinners that happen in the future. We’ll do this by right-clicking on our “Controllers” folder and select the “Add->Controller” menu command.  We’ll name the Controller we want to create “DinnersController”.  We’ll then implement an “Upcoming” action method within it that lists upcoming dinners using our model layer above.  We will use a LINQ query to retrieve the data and pass it to a View to render with the code below: We’ll then right-click within our Upcoming method and choose the “Add-View” menu command to create an “Upcoming” view template that displays our dinners.  We’ll use the “empty” template option within the “Add View” dialog and write the below view template using Razor: Step 4: Configure our Project to use a SQL CE Database We have finished writing all of our code – our last step will be to configure a database connection-string to use. We will point our NerdDinners model class to a SQL CE database by adding the below <connectionString> to the web.config file at the top of our project: EF Code First uses a default convention where context classes will look for a connection-string that matches the DbContext class name.  Because we created a “NerdDinners” class earlier, we’ve also named our connectionstring “NerdDinners”.  Above we are configuring our connection-string to use SQL CE as the database, and telling it that our SQL CE database file will live within the \App_Data directory of our ASP.NET project. Step 5: Running our Application Now that we’ve built our application, let’s run it! We’ll browse to the /Dinners/Upcoming URL – doing so will display an empty list of upcoming dinners: You might ask – but where did it query to get the dinners from? We didn’t explicitly create a database?!? One of the cool features that EF Code-First supports is the ability to automatically create a database (based on the schema of our model classes) when the database we point it at doesn’t exist.  Above we configured  EF Code-First to point at a SQL CE database in the \App_Data\ directory of our project.  When we ran our application, EF Code-First saw that the SQL CE database didn’t exist and automatically created it for us. Step 6: Using VS 2010 SP1 to Explore our newly created SQL CE Database Click the “Show all Files” icon within the Solution Explorer and you’ll see the “NerdDinners.sdf” SQL CE database file that was automatically created for us by EF code-first within the \App_Data\ folder: We can optionally right-click on the file and “Include in Project" to add it to our solution: We can also double-click the file (regardless of whether it is added to the project) and VS 2010 SP1 will open it as a database we can edit within the “Server Explorer” tab of the IDE. Below is the view we get when we double-click our NerdDinners.sdf SQL CE file.  We can drill in to see the schema of the Dinners and RSVPs tables in the tree explorer.  Notice how two tables - Dinners and RSVPs – were automatically created for us within our SQL CE database.  This was done by EF Code First when we accessed the NerdDinners class by running our application above: We can right-click on a Table and use the “Show Table Data” command to enter some upcoming dinners in our database: We’ll use the built-in editor that VS 2010 SP1 supports to populate our table data below: And now when we hit “refresh” on the /Dinners/Upcoming URL within our browser we’ll see some upcoming dinners show up: Step 7: Changing our Model and Database Schema Let’s now modify the schema of our model layer and database, and walkthrough one way that the new VS 2010 SP1 Tooling support for SQL CE can make this easier.  With EF Code-First you typically start making database changes by modifying the model classes.  For example, let’s add an additional string property called “UrlLink” to our “Dinner” class.  We’ll use this to point to a link for more information about the event: Now when we re-run our project, and visit the /Dinners/Upcoming URL we’ll see an error thrown: We are seeing this error because EF Code-First automatically created our database, and by default when it does this it adds a table that helps tracks whether the schema of our database is in sync with our model classes.  EF Code-First helpfully throws an error when they become out of sync – making it easier to track down issues at development time that you might otherwise only find (via obscure errors) at runtime.  Note that if you do not want this feature you can turn it off by changing the default conventions of your DbContext class (in this case our NerdDinners class) to not track the schema version. Our model classes and database schema are out of sync in the above example – so how do we fix this?  There are two approaches you can use today: Delete the database and have EF Code First automatically re-create the database based on the new model class schema (losing the data within the existing DB) Modify the schema of the existing database to make it in sync with the model classes (keeping/migrating the data within the existing DB) There are a couple of ways you can do the second approach above.  Below I’m going to show how you can take advantage of the new VS 2010 SP1 Tooling support for SQL CE to use a database schema tool to modify our database structure.  We are also going to be supporting a “migrations” feature with EF in the future that will allow you to automate/script database schema migrations programmatically. Step 8: Modify our SQL CE Database Schema using VS 2010 SP1 The new SQL CE Tooling support within VS 2010 SP1 makes it easy to modify the schema of our existing SQL CE database.  To do this we’ll right-click on our “Dinners” table and choose the “Edit Table Schema” command: This will bring up the below “Edit Table” dialog.  We can rename, change or delete any of the existing columns in our table, or click at the bottom of the column listing and type to add a new column.  Below I’ve added a new “UrlLink” column of type “nvarchar” (since our property is a string): When we click ok our database will be updated to have the new column and our schema will now match our model classes. Because we are manually modifying our database schema, there is one additional step we need to take to let EF Code-First know that the database schema is in sync with our model classes.  As i mentioned earlier, when a database is automatically created by EF Code-First it adds a “EdmMetadata” table to the database to track schema versions (and hash our model classes against them to detect mismatches between our model classes and the database schema): Since we are manually updating and maintaining our database schema, we don’t need this table – and can just delete it: This will leave us with just the two tables that correspond to our model classes: And now when we re-run our /Dinners/Upcoming URL it will display the dinners correctly: One last touch we could do would be to update our view to check for the new UrlLink property and render a <a> link to it if an event has one: And now when we refresh our /Dinners/Upcoming we will see hyperlinks for the events that have a UrlLink stored in the database: Summary SQL CE provides a free, embedded, database engine that you can use to easily enable database storage.  With SQL CE 4 you can now take advantage of it within ASP.NET projects and applications (both Web Forms and MVC). VS 2010 SP1 provides tooling support that enables you to easily create, edit and modify SQL CE databases – as well as use the standard EF designer against them.  This allows you to re-use your existing skills and data knowledge while taking advantage of an embedded database option.  This is useful both for small applications (where you don’t need the scalability of a full SQL Server), as well as for development and testing scenarios – where you want to be able to rapidly develop/test your application without having a full database instance.  SQL CE makes it easy to later migrate your data to a full SQL Server or SQL Azure instance if you want to – without having to change any code in your application.  All we would need to change in the above two scenarios is the <connectionString> value within the web.config file in order to have our code run against a full SQL Server.  This provides the flexibility to scale up your application starting from a small embedded database solution as needed. Hope this helps, Scott P.S. In addition to blogging, I am also now using Twitter for quick updates and to share links. Follow me at: twitter.com/scottgu

    Read the article

  • Toorcon14

    - by danx
    Toorcon 2012 Information Security Conference San Diego, CA, http://www.toorcon.org/ Dan Anderson, October 2012 It's almost Halloween, and we all know what that means—yes, of course, it's time for another Toorcon Conference! Toorcon is an annual conference for people interested in computer security. This includes the whole range of hackers, computer hobbyists, professionals, security consultants, press, law enforcement, prosecutors, FBI, etc. We're at Toorcon 14—see earlier blogs for some of the previous Toorcon's I've attended (back to 2003). This year's "con" was held at the Westin on Broadway in downtown San Diego, California. The following are not necessarily my views—I'm just the messenger—although I could have misquoted or misparaphrased the speakers. Also, I only reviewed some of the talks, below, which I attended and interested me. MalAndroid—the Crux of Android Infections, Aditya K. Sood Programming Weird Machines with ELF Metadata, Rebecca "bx" Shapiro Privacy at the Handset: New FCC Rules?, Valkyrie Hacking Measured Boot and UEFI, Dan Griffin You Can't Buy Security: Building the Open Source InfoSec Program, Boris Sverdlik What Journalists Want: The Investigative Reporters' Perspective on Hacking, Dave Maas & Jason Leopold Accessibility and Security, Anna Shubina Stop Patching, for Stronger PCI Compliance, Adam Brand McAfee Secure & Trustmarks — a Hacker's Best Friend, Jay James & Shane MacDougall MalAndroid—the Crux of Android Infections Aditya K. Sood, IOActive, Michigan State PhD candidate Aditya talked about Android smartphone malware. There's a lot of old Android software out there—over 50% Gingerbread (2.3.x)—and most have unpatched vulnerabilities. Of 9 Android vulnerabilities, 8 have known exploits (such as the old Gingerbread Global Object Table exploit). Android protection includes sandboxing, security scanner, app permissions, and screened Android app market. The Android permission checker has fine-grain resource control, policy enforcement. Android static analysis also includes a static analysis app checker (bouncer), and a vulnerablity checker. What security problems does Android have? User-centric security, which depends on the user to grant permission and make smart decisions. But users don't care or think about malware (the're not aware, not paranoid). All they want is functionality, extensibility, mobility Android had no "proper" encryption before Android 3.0 No built-in protection against social engineering and web tricks Alternative Android app markets are unsafe. Simply visiting some markets can infect Android Aditya classified Android Malware types as: Type A—Apps. These interact with the Android app framework. For example, a fake Netflix app. Or Android Gold Dream (game), which uploads user files stealthy manner to a remote location. Type K—Kernel. Exploits underlying Linux libraries or kernel Type H—Hybrid. These use multiple layers (app framework, libraries, kernel). These are most commonly used by Android botnets, which are popular with Chinese botnet authors What are the threats from Android malware? These incude leak info (contacts), banking fraud, corporate network attacks, malware advertising, malware "Hackivism" (the promotion of social causes. For example, promiting specific leaders of the Tunisian or Iranian revolutions. Android malware is frequently "masquerated". That is, repackaged inside a legit app with malware. To avoid detection, the hidden malware is not unwrapped until runtime. The malware payload can be hidden in, for example, PNG files. Less common are Android bootkits—there's not many around. What they do is hijack the Android init framework—alteering system programs and daemons, then deletes itself. For example, the DKF Bootkit (China). Android App Problems: no code signing! all self-signed native code execution permission sandbox — all or none alternate market places no robust Android malware detection at network level delayed patch process Programming Weird Machines with ELF Metadata Rebecca "bx" Shapiro, Dartmouth College, NH https://github.com/bx/elf-bf-tools @bxsays on twitter Definitions. "ELF" is an executable file format used in linking and loading executables (on UNIX/Linux-class machines). "Weird machine" uses undocumented computation sources (I think of them as unintended virtual machines). Some examples of "weird machines" are those that: return to weird location, does SQL injection, corrupts the heap. Bx then talked about using ELF metadata as (an uintended) "weird machine". Some ELF background: A compiler takes source code and generates a ELF object file (hello.o). A static linker makes an ELF executable from the object file. A runtime linker and loader takes ELF executable and loads and relocates it in memory. The ELF file has symbols to relocate functions and variables. ELF has two relocation tables—one at link time and another one at loading time: .rela.dyn (link time) and .dynsym (dynamic table). GOT: Global Offset Table of addresses for dynamically-linked functions. PLT: Procedure Linkage Tables—works with GOT. The memory layout of a process (not the ELF file) is, in order: program (+ heap), dynamic libraries, libc, ld.so, stack (which includes the dynamic table loaded into memory) For ELF, the "weird machine" is found and exploited in the loader. ELF can be crafted for executing viruses, by tricking runtime into executing interpreted "code" in the ELF symbol table. One can inject parasitic "code" without modifying the actual ELF code portions. Think of the ELF symbol table as an "assembly language" interpreter. It has these elements: instructions: Add, move, jump if not 0 (jnz) Think of symbol table entries as "registers" symbol table value is "contents" immediate values are constants direct values are addresses (e.g., 0xdeadbeef) move instruction: is a relocation table entry add instruction: relocation table "addend" entry jnz instruction: takes multiple relocation table entries The ELF weird machine exploits the loader by relocating relocation table entries. The loader will go on forever until told to stop. It stores state on stack at "end" and uses IFUNC table entries (containing function pointer address). The ELF weird machine, called "Brainfu*k" (BF) has: 8 instructions: pointer inc, dec, inc indirect, dec indirect, jump forward, jump backward, print. Three registers - 3 registers Bx showed example BF source code that implemented a Turing machine printing "hello, world". More interesting was the next demo, where bx modified ping. Ping runs suid as root, but quickly drops privilege. BF modified the loader to disable the library function call dropping privilege, so it remained as root. Then BF modified the ping -t argument to execute the -t filename as root. It's best to show what this modified ping does with an example: $ whoami bx $ ping localhost -t backdoor.sh # executes backdoor $ whoami root $ The modified code increased from 285948 bytes to 290209 bytes. A BF tool compiles "executable" by modifying the symbol table in an existing ELF executable. The tool modifies .dynsym and .rela.dyn table, but not code or data. Privacy at the Handset: New FCC Rules? "Valkyrie" (Christie Dudley, Santa Clara Law JD candidate) Valkyrie talked about mobile handset privacy. Some background: Senator Franken (also a comedian) became alarmed about CarrierIQ, where the carriers track their customers. Franken asked the FCC to find out what obligations carriers think they have to protect privacy. The carriers' response was that they are doing just fine with self-regulation—no worries! Carriers need to collect data, such as missed calls, to maintain network quality. But carriers also sell data for marketing. Verizon sells customer data and enables this with a narrow privacy policy (only 1 month to opt out, with difficulties). The data sold is not individually identifiable and is aggregated. But Verizon recommends, as an aggregation workaround to "recollate" data to other databases to identify customers indirectly. The FCC has regulated telephone privacy since 1934 and mobile network privacy since 2007. Also, the carriers say mobile phone privacy is a FTC responsibility (not FCC). FTC is trying to improve mobile app privacy, but FTC has no authority over carrier / customer relationships. As a side note, Apple iPhones are unique as carriers have extra control over iPhones they don't have with other smartphones. As a result iPhones may be more regulated. Who are the consumer advocates? Everyone knows EFF, but EPIC (Electrnic Privacy Info Center), although more obsecure, is more relevant. What to do? Carriers must be accountable. Opt-in and opt-out at any time. Carriers need incentive to grant users control for those who want it, by holding them liable and responsible for breeches on their clock. Location information should be added current CPNI privacy protection, and require "Pen/trap" judicial order to obtain (and would still be a lower standard than 4th Amendment). Politics are on a pro-privacy swing now, with many senators and the Whitehouse. There will probably be new regulation soon, and enforcement will be a problem, but consumers will still have some benefit. Hacking Measured Boot and UEFI Dan Griffin, JWSecure, Inc., Seattle, @JWSdan Dan talked about hacking measured UEFI boot. First some terms: UEFI is a boot technology that is replacing BIOS (has whitelisting and blacklisting). UEFI protects devices against rootkits. TPM - hardware security device to store hashs and hardware-protected keys "secure boot" can control at firmware level what boot images can boot "measured boot" OS feature that tracks hashes (from BIOS, boot loader, krnel, early drivers). "remote attestation" allows remote validation and control based on policy on a remote attestation server. Microsoft pushing TPM (Windows 8 required), but Google is not. Intel TianoCore is the only open source for UEFI. Dan has Measured Boot Tool at http://mbt.codeplex.com/ with a demo where you can also view TPM data. TPM support already on enterprise-class machines. UEFI Weaknesses. UEFI toolkits are evolving rapidly, but UEFI has weaknesses: assume user is an ally trust TPM implicitly, and attached to computer hibernate file is unprotected (disk encryption protects against this) protection migrating from hardware to firmware delays in patching and whitelist updates will UEFI really be adopted by the mainstream (smartphone hardware support, bank support, apathetic consumer support) You Can't Buy Security: Building the Open Source InfoSec Program Boris Sverdlik, ISDPodcast.com co-host Boris talked about problems typical with current security audits. "IT Security" is an oxymoron—IT exists to enable buiness, uptime, utilization, reporting, but don't care about security—IT has conflict of interest. There's no Magic Bullet ("blinky box"), no one-size-fits-all solution (e.g., Intrusion Detection Systems (IDSs)). Regulations don't make you secure. The cloud is not secure (because of shared data and admin access). Defense and pen testing is not sexy. Auditors are not solution (security not a checklist)—what's needed is experience and adaptability—need soft skills. Step 1: First thing is to Google and learn the company end-to-end before you start. Get to know the management team (not IT team), meet as many people as you can. Don't use arbitrary values such as CISSP scores. Quantitive risk assessment is a myth (e.g. AV*EF-SLE). Learn different Business Units, legal/regulatory obligations, learn the business and where the money is made, verify company is protected from script kiddies (easy), learn sensitive information (IP, internal use only), and start with low-hanging fruit (customer service reps and social engineering). Step 2: Policies. Keep policies short and relevant. Generic SANS "security" boilerplate policies don't make sense and are not followed. Focus on acceptable use, data usage, communications, physical security. Step 3: Implementation: keep it simple stupid. Open source, although useful, is not free (implementation cost). Access controls with authentication & authorization for local and remote access. MS Windows has it, otherwise use OpenLDAP, OpenIAM, etc. Application security Everyone tries to reinvent the wheel—use existing static analysis tools. Review high-risk apps and major revisions. Don't run different risk level apps on same system. Assume host/client compromised and use app-level security control. Network security VLAN != segregated because there's too many workarounds. Use explicit firwall rules, active and passive network monitoring (snort is free), disallow end user access to production environment, have a proxy instead of direct Internet access. Also, SSL certificates are not good two-factor auth and SSL does not mean "safe." Operational Controls Have change, patch, asset, & vulnerability management (OSSI is free). For change management, always review code before pushing to production For logging, have centralized security logging for business-critical systems, separate security logging from administrative/IT logging, and lock down log (as it has everything). Monitor with OSSIM (open source). Use intrusion detection, but not just to fulfill a checkbox: build rules from a whitelist perspective (snort). OSSEC has 95% of what you need. Vulnerability management is a QA function when done right: OpenVas and Seccubus are free. Security awareness The reality is users will always click everything. Build real awareness, not compliance driven checkbox, and have it integrated into the culture. Pen test by crowd sourcing—test with logging COSSP http://www.cossp.org/ - Comprehensive Open Source Security Project What Journalists Want: The Investigative Reporters' Perspective on Hacking Dave Maas, San Diego CityBeat Jason Leopold, Truthout.org The difference between hackers and investigative journalists: For hackers, the motivation varies, but method is same, technological specialties. For investigative journalists, it's about one thing—The Story, and they need broad info-gathering skills. J-School in 60 Seconds: Generic formula: Person or issue of pubic interest, new info, or angle. Generic criteria: proximity, prominence, timeliness, human interest, oddity, or consequence. Media awareness of hackers and trends: journalists becoming extremely aware of hackers with congressional debates (privacy, data breaches), demand for data-mining Journalists, use of coding and web development for Journalists, and Journalists busted for hacking (Murdock). Info gathering by investigative journalists include Public records laws. Federal Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) is good, but slow. California Public Records Act is a lot stronger. FOIA takes forever because of foot-dragging—it helps to be specific. Often need to sue (especially FBI). CPRA is faster, and requests can be vague. Dumps and leaks (a la Wikileaks) Journalists want: leads, protecting ourselves, our sources, and adapting tools for news gathering (Google hacking). Anonomity is important to whistleblowers. They want no digital footprint left behind (e.g., email, web log). They don't trust encryption, want to feel safe and secure. Whistleblower laws are very weak—there's no upside for whistleblowers—they have to be very passionate to do it. Accessibility and Security or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Halting Problem Anna Shubina, Dartmouth College Anna talked about how accessibility and security are related. Accessibility of digital content (not real world accessibility). mostly refers to blind users and screenreaders, for our purpose. Accessibility is about parsing documents, as are many security issues. "Rich" executable content causes accessibility to fail, and often causes security to fail. For example MS Word has executable format—it's not a document exchange format—more dangerous than PDF or HTML. Accessibility is often the first and maybe only sanity check with parsing. They have no choice because someone may want to read what you write. Google, for example, is very particular about web browser you use and are bad at supporting other browsers. Uses JavaScript instead of links, often requiring mouseover to display content. PDF is a security nightmare. Executible format, embedded flash, JavaScript, etc. 15 million lines of code. Google Chrome doesn't handle PDF correctly, causing several security bugs. PDF has an accessibility checker and PDF tagging, to help with accessibility. But no PDF checker checks for incorrect tags, untagged content, or validates lists or tables. None check executable content at all. The "Halting Problem" is: can one decide whether a program will ever stop? The answer, in general, is no (Rice's theorem). The same holds true for accessibility checkers. Language-theoretic Security says complicated data formats are hard to parse and cannot be solved due to the Halting Problem. W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines: "Perceivable, Operable, Understandable, Robust" Not much help though, except for "Robust", but here's some gems: * all information should be parsable (paraphrasing) * if not parsable, cannot be converted to alternate formats * maximize compatibility in new document formats Executible webpages are bad for security and accessibility. They say it's for a better web experience. But is it necessary to stuff web pages with JavaScript for a better experience? A good example is The Drudge Report—it has hand-written HTML with no JavaScript, yet drives a lot of web traffic due to good content. A bad example is Google News—hidden scrollbars, guessing user input. Solutions: Accessibility and security problems come from same source Expose "better user experience" myth Keep your corner of Internet parsable Remember "Halting Problem"—recognize false solutions (checking and verifying tools) Stop Patching, for Stronger PCI Compliance Adam Brand, protiviti @adamrbrand, http://www.picfun.com/ Adam talked about PCI compliance for retail sales. Take an example: for PCI compliance, 50% of Brian's time (a IT guy), 960 hours/year was spent patching POSs in 850 restaurants. Often applying some patches make no sense (like fixing a browser vulnerability on a server). "Scanner worship" is overuse of vulnerability scanners—it gives a warm and fuzzy and it's simple (red or green results—fix reds). Scanners give a false sense of security. In reality, breeches from missing patches are uncommon—more common problems are: default passwords, cleartext authentication, misconfiguration (firewall ports open). Patching Myths: Myth 1: install within 30 days of patch release (but PCI §6.1 allows a "risk-based approach" instead). Myth 2: vendor decides what's critical (also PCI §6.1). But §6.2 requires user ranking of vulnerabilities instead. Myth 3: scan and rescan until it passes. But PCI §11.2.1b says this applies only to high-risk vulnerabilities. Adam says good recommendations come from NIST 800-40. Instead use sane patching and focus on what's really important. From NIST 800-40: Proactive: Use a proactive vulnerability management process: use change control, configuration management, monitor file integrity. Monitor: start with NVD and other vulnerability alerts, not scanner results. Evaluate: public-facing system? workstation? internal server? (risk rank) Decide:on action and timeline Test: pre-test patches (stability, functionality, rollback) for change control Install: notify, change control, tickets McAfee Secure & Trustmarks — a Hacker's Best Friend Jay James, Shane MacDougall, Tactical Intelligence Inc., Canada "McAfee Secure Trustmark" is a website seal marketed by McAfee. A website gets this badge if they pass their remote scanning. The problem is a removal of trustmarks act as flags that you're vulnerable. Easy to view status change by viewing McAfee list on website or on Google. "Secure TrustGuard" is similar to McAfee. Jay and Shane wrote Perl scripts to gather sites from McAfee and search engines. If their certification image changes to a 1x1 pixel image, then they are longer certified. Their scripts take deltas of scans to see what changed daily. The bottom line is change in TrustGuard status is a flag for hackers to attack your site. Entire idea of seals is silly—you're raising a flag saying if you're vulnerable.

    Read the article

  • Use Extension method to write cleaner code

    - by Fredrik N
    This blog post will show you step by step to refactoring some code to be more readable (at least what I think). Patrik Löwnedahl gave me some of the ideas when we where talking about making code much cleaner. The following is an simple application that will have a list of movies (Normal and Transfer). The task of the application is to calculate the total sum of each movie and also display the price of each movie. class Program { enum MovieType { Normal, Transfer } static void Main(string[] args) { var movies = GetMovies(); int totalPriceOfNormalMovie = 0; int totalPriceOfTransferMovie = 0; foreach (var movie in movies) { if (movie == MovieType.Normal) { totalPriceOfNormalMovie += 2; Console.WriteLine("$2"); } else if (movie == MovieType.Transfer) { totalPriceOfTransferMovie += 3; Console.WriteLine("$3"); } } } private static IEnumerable<MovieType> GetMovies() { return new List<MovieType>() { MovieType.Normal, MovieType.Transfer, MovieType.Normal }; } } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } In the code above I’m using an enum, a good way to add types (isn’t it ;)). I also use one foreach loop to calculate the price, the loop has a condition statement to check what kind of movie is added to the list of movies. I want to reuse the foreach only to increase performance and let it do two things (isn’t that smart of me?! ;)). First of all I can admit, I’m not a big fan of enum. Enum often results in ugly condition statements and can be hard to maintain (if a new type is added we need to check all the code in our app to see if we use the enum somewhere else). I don’t often care about pre-optimizations when it comes to write code (of course I have performance in mind). I rather prefer to use two foreach to let them do one things instead of two. So based on what I don’t like and Martin Fowler’s Refactoring catalog, I’m going to refactoring this code to what I will call a more elegant and cleaner code. First of all I’m going to use Split Loop to make sure the foreach will do one thing not two, it will results in two foreach (Don’t care about performance here, if the results will results in bad performance, you can refactoring later, but computers are so fast to day, so iterating through a list is not often so time consuming.) Note: The foreach actually do four things, will come to is later. var movies = GetMovies(); int totalPriceOfNormalMovie = 0; int totalPriceOfTransferMovie = 0; foreach (var movie in movies) { if (movie == MovieType.Normal) { totalPriceOfNormalMovie += 2; Console.WriteLine("$2"); } } foreach (var movie in movies) { if (movie == MovieType.Transfer) { totalPriceOfTransferMovie += 3; Console.WriteLine("$3"); } } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } To remove the condition statement we can use the Where extension method added to the IEnumerable<T> and is located in the System.Linq namespace: foreach (var movie in movies.Where( m => m == MovieType.Normal)) { totalPriceOfNormalMovie += 2; Console.WriteLine("$2"); } foreach (var movie in movies.Where( m => m == MovieType.Transfer)) { totalPriceOfTransferMovie += 3; Console.WriteLine("$3"); } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } The above code will still do two things, calculate the total price, and display the price of the movie. I will not take care of it at the moment, instead I will focus on the enum and try to remove them. One way to remove enum is by using the Replace Conditional with Polymorphism. So I will create two classes, one base class called Movie, and one called MovieTransfer. The Movie class will have a property called Price, the Movie will now hold the price:   public class Movie { public virtual int Price { get { return 2; } } } public class MovieTransfer : Movie { public override int Price { get { return 3; } } } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } The following code has no enum and will use the new Movie classes instead: class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { var movies = GetMovies(); int totalPriceOfNormalMovie = 0; int totalPriceOfTransferMovie = 0; foreach (var movie in movies.Where( m => m is Movie)) { totalPriceOfNormalMovie += movie.Price; Console.WriteLine(movie.Price); } foreach (var movie in movies.Where( m => m is MovieTransfer)) { totalPriceOfTransferMovie += movie.Price; Console.WriteLine(movie.Price); } } private static IEnumerable<Movie> GetMovies() { return new List<Movie>() { new Movie(), new MovieTransfer(), new Movie() }; } } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; }   If you take a look at the foreach now, you can see it still actually do two things, calculate the price and display the price. We can do some more refactoring here by using the Sum extension method to calculate the total price of the movies:   static void Main(string[] args) { var movies = GetMovies(); int totalPriceOfNormalMovie = movies.Where(m => m is Movie) .Sum(m => m.Price); int totalPriceOfTransferMovie = movies.Where(m => m is MovieTransfer) .Sum(m => m.Price); foreach (var movie in movies.Where( m => m is Movie)) Console.WriteLine(movie.Price); foreach (var movie in movies.Where( m => m is MovieTransfer)) Console.WriteLine(movie.Price); } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now when the Movie object will hold the price, there is no need to use two separate foreach to display the price of the movies in the list, so we can use only one instead: foreach (var movie in movies) Console.WriteLine(movie.Price); .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } If we want to increase the Maintainability index we can use the Extract Method to move the Sum of the prices into two separate methods. The name of the method will explain what we are doing: static void Main(string[] args) { var movies = GetMovies(); int totalPriceOfMovie = TotalPriceOfMovie(movies); int totalPriceOfTransferMovie = TotalPriceOfMovieTransfer(movies); foreach (var movie in movies) Console.WriteLine(movie.Price); } private static int TotalPriceOfMovieTransfer(IEnumerable<Movie> movies) { return movies.Where(m => m is MovieTransfer) .Sum(m => m.Price); } private static int TotalPriceOfMovie(IEnumerable<Movie> movies) { return movies.Where(m => m is Movie) .Sum(m => m.Price); } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now to the last thing, I love the ForEach method of the List<T>, but the IEnumerable<T> doesn’t have it, so I created my own ForEach extension, here is the code of the ForEach extension method: public static class LoopExtensions { public static void ForEach<T>(this IEnumerable<T> values, Action<T> action) { Contract.Requires(values != null); Contract.Requires(action != null); foreach (var v in values) action(v); } } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } I will now replace the foreach by using this ForEach method: static void Main(string[] args) { var movies = GetMovies(); int totalPriceOfMovie = TotalPriceOfMovie(movies); int totalPriceOfTransferMovie = TotalPriceOfMovieTransfer(movies); movies.ForEach(m => Console.WriteLine(m.Price)); } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } The ForEach on the movies will now display the price of the movie, but maybe we want to display the name of the movie etc, so we can use Extract Method by moving the lamdba expression into a method instead, and let the method explains what we are displaying: movies.ForEach(DisplayMovieInfo); private static void DisplayMovieInfo(Movie movie) { Console.WriteLine(movie.Price); } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now the refactoring is done! Here is the complete code:   class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { var movies = GetMovies(); int totalPriceOfMovie = TotalPriceOfMovie(movies); int totalPriceOfTransferMovie = TotalPriceOfMovieTransfer(movies); movies.ForEach(DisplayMovieInfo); } private static void DisplayMovieInfo(Movie movie) { Console.WriteLine(movie.Price); } private static int TotalPriceOfMovieTransfer(IEnumerable<Movie> movies) { return movies.Where(m => m is MovieTransfer) .Sum(m => m.Price); } private static int TotalPriceOfMovie(IEnumerable<Movie> movies) { return movies.Where(m => m is Movie) .Sum(m => m.Price); } private static IEnumerable<Movie> GetMovies() { return new List<Movie>() { new Movie(), new MovieTransfer(), new Movie() }; } } public class Movie { public virtual int Price { get { return 2; } } } public class MovieTransfer : Movie { public override int Price { get { return 3; } } } pulbic static class LoopExtensions { public static void ForEach<T>(this IEnumerable<T> values, Action<T> action) { Contract.Requires(values != null); Contract.Requires(action != null); foreach (var v in values) action(v); } } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } I think the new code is much cleaner than the first one, and I love the ForEach extension on the IEnumerable<T>, I can use it for different kind of things, for example: movies.Where(m => m is Movie) .ForEach(DoSomething); .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } By using the Where and ForEach extension method, some if statements can be removed and will make the code much cleaner. But the beauty is in the eye of the beholder. What would you have done different, what do you think will make the first example in the blog post look much cleaner than my results, comments are welcome! If you want to know when I will publish a new blog post, you can follow me on twitter: http://www.twitter.com/fredrikn

    Read the article

  • Grandparent – Parent – Child Reports in SQL Developer

    - by thatjeffsmith
    You’ll never see one of these family stickers on my car, but I promise not to judge…much. Parent – Child reports are pretty straightforward in Oracle SQL Developer. You have a ‘parent’ report, and then one or more ‘child’ reports which are based off of a value in a selected row or value from the parent. If you need a quick tutorial to get up to speed on the subject, go ahead and take 5 minutes Shortly before I left for vacation 2 weeks agao, I got an interesting question from one of my Twitter Followers: @thatjeffsmith any luck with the #Oracle awr reports in #SQLDeveloper?This is easy with multi generation parent>child Done in #dbvisualizer — Ronald Rood (@Ik_zelf) August 26, 2012 Now that I’m back from vacation, I can tell Ronald and everyone else that the answer is ‘Yes!’ And here’s how Time to Get Out Your XML Editor Don’t have one? That’s OK, SQL Developer can edit XML files. While the Reporting interface doesn’t surface the ability to create multi-generational reports, the underlying code definitely supports it. We just need to hack away at the XML that powers a report. For this example I’m going to start simple. A query that brings back DEPARTMENTs, then EMPLOYEES, then JOBs. We can build the first two parts of the report using the report editor. A Parent-Child report in Oracle SQL Developer (Departments – Employees) Save the Report to XML Once you’ve generated the XML file, open it with your favorite XML editor. For this example I’ll be using the build-it XML editor in SQL Developer. SQL Developer Reports in their raw XML glory! Right after the PDF element in the XML document, we can start a new ‘child’ report by inserting a DISPLAY element. I just copied and pasted the existing ‘display’ down so I wouldn’t have to worry about screwing anything up. Note I also needed to change the ‘master’ name so it wouldn’t confuse SQL Developer when I try to import/open a report that has the same name. Also I needed to update the binds tags to reflect the names from the child versus the original parent report. This is pretty easy to figure out on your own actually – I mean I’m no real developer and I got it pretty quick. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <displays> <display id="92857fce-0139-1000-8006-7f0000015340" type="" style="Table" enable="true"> <name><![CDATA[Grandparent]]></name> <description><![CDATA[]]></description> <tooltip><![CDATA[]]></tooltip> <drillclass><![CDATA[null]]></drillclass> <CustomValues> <TYPE>horizontal</TYPE> </CustomValues> <query> <sql><![CDATA[select * from hr.departments]]></sql> </query> <pdf version="VERSION_1_7" compression="CONTENT"> <docproperty title="" author="" subject="" keywords="" /> <cell toppadding="2" bottompadding="2" leftpadding="2" rightpadding="2" horizontalalign="LEFT" verticalalign="TOP" wrap="true" /> <column> <heading font="Courier" size="10" style="NORMAL" color="-16777216" rowshading="-1" labeling="FIRST_PAGE" /> <footing font="Courier" size="10" style="NORMAL" color="-16777216" rowshading="-1" labeling="NONE" /> <blob blob="NONE" zip="false" /> </column> <table font="Courier" size="10" style="NORMAL" color="-16777216" userowshading="false" oddrowshading="-1" evenrowshading="-1" showborders="true" spacingbefore="12" spacingafter="12" horizontalalign="LEFT" /> <header enable="false" generatedate="false"> <data> null </data> </header> <footer enable="false" generatedate="false"> <data value="null" /> </footer> <security enable="false" useopenpassword="false" openpassword="" encryption="EXCLUDE_METADATA"> <permission enable="false" permissionpassword="" allowcopying="true" allowprinting="true" allowupdating="false" allowaccessdevices="true" /> </security> <pagesetup papersize="LETTER" orientation="1" measurement="in" margintop="1.0" marginbottom="1.0" marginleft="1.0" marginright="1.0" /> </pdf> <display id="null" type="" style="Table" enable="true"> <name><![CDATA[Parent]]></name> <description><![CDATA[]]></description> <tooltip><![CDATA[]]></tooltip> <drillclass><![CDATA[null]]></drillclass> <CustomValues> <TYPE>horizontal</TYPE> </CustomValues> <query> <sql><![CDATA[select * from hr.employees where department_id = EPARTMENT_ID]]></sql> <binds> <bind id="DEPARTMENT_ID"> <prompt><![CDATA[DEPARTMENT_ID]]></prompt> <tooltip><![CDATA[DEPARTMENT_ID]]></tooltip> <value><![CDATA[NULL_VALUE]]></value> </bind> </binds> </query> <pdf version="VERSION_1_7" compression="CONTENT"> <docproperty title="" author="" subject="" keywords="" /> <cell toppadding="2" bottompadding="2" leftpadding="2" rightpadding="2" horizontalalign="LEFT" verticalalign="TOP" wrap="true" /> <column> <heading font="Courier" size="10" style="NORMAL" color="-16777216" rowshading="-1" labeling="FIRST_PAGE" /> <footing font="Courier" size="10" style="NORMAL" color="-16777216" rowshading="-1" labeling="NONE" /> <blob blob="NONE" zip="false" /> </column> <table font="Courier" size="10" style="NORMAL" color="-16777216" userowshading="false" oddrowshading="-1" evenrowshading="-1" showborders="true" spacingbefore="12" spacingafter="12" horizontalalign="LEFT" /> <header enable="false" generatedate="false"> <data> null </data> </header> <footer enable="false" generatedate="false"> <data value="null" /> </footer> <security enable="false" useopenpassword="false" openpassword="" encryption="EXCLUDE_METADATA"> <permission enable="false" permissionpassword="" allowcopying="true" allowprinting="true" allowupdating="false" allowaccessdevices="true" /> </security> <pagesetup papersize="LETTER" orientation="1" measurement="in" margintop="1.0" marginbottom="1.0" marginleft="1.0" marginright="1.0" /> </pdf> <display id="null" type="" style="Table" enable="true"> <name><![CDATA[Child]]></name> <description><![CDATA[]]></description> <tooltip><![CDATA[]]></tooltip> <drillclass><![CDATA[null]]></drillclass> <CustomValues> <TYPE>horizontal</TYPE> </CustomValues> <query> <sql><![CDATA[select * from hr.jobs where job_id = :JOB_ID]]></sql> <binds> <bind id="JOB_ID"> <prompt><![CDATA[JOB_ID]]></prompt> <tooltip><![CDATA[JOB_ID]]></tooltip> <value><![CDATA[NULL_VALUE]]></value> </bind> </binds> </query> <pdf version="VERSION_1_7" compression="CONTENT"> <docproperty title="" author="" subject="" keywords="" /> <cell toppadding="2" bottompadding="2" leftpadding="2" rightpadding="2" horizontalalign="LEFT" verticalalign="TOP" wrap="true" /> <column> <heading font="Courier" size="10" style="NORMAL" color="-16777216" rowshading="-1" labeling="FIRST_PAGE" /> <footing font="Courier" size="10" style="NORMAL" color="-16777216" rowshading="-1" labeling="NONE" /> <blob blob="NONE" zip="false" /> </column> <table font="Courier" size="10" style="NORMAL" color="-16777216" userowshading="false" oddrowshading="-1" evenrowshading="-1" showborders="true" spacingbefore="12" spacingafter="12" horizontalalign="LEFT" /> <header enable="false" generatedate="false"> <data> null </data> </header> <footer enable="false" generatedate="false"> <data value="null" /> </footer> <security enable="false" useopenpassword="false" openpassword="" encryption="EXCLUDE_METADATA"> <permission enable="false" permissionpassword="" allowcopying="true" allowprinting="true" allowupdating="false" allowaccessdevices="true" /> </security> <pagesetup papersize="LETTER" orientation="1" measurement="in" margintop="1.0" marginbottom="1.0" marginleft="1.0" marginright="1.0" /> </pdf> </display> </display> </display> </displays> Save the file and ‘Open Report…’ You’ll see your new report name in the tree. You just need to double-click it to open it. Here’s what it looks like running A 3 generation family Now Let’s Build an AWR Text Report Ronald wanted to have the ability to query AWR snapshots and generate the AWR reports. That requires a few inputs, including a START and STOP snapshot ID. That basically tells AWR what time period to use for generating the report. And here’s where it gets tricky. We’ll need to use aliases for the SNAP_ID column. Since we’re using the same column name from 2 different queries, we need to use different bind variables. Fortunately for us, SQL Developer’s clever enough to use the column alias as the BIND. Here’s what I mean: Grandparent Query SELECT snap_id start1, begin_interval_time, end_interval_time FROM dba_hist_snapshot ORDER BY 1 asc Parent Query SELECT snap_id stop1, begin_interval_time, end_interval_time, :START1 carry FROM dba_hist_snapshot WHERE snap_id > :START1 ORDER BY 1 asc And here’s where it gets even trickier – you can’t reference a bind from outside the parent query. My grandchild report can’t reference a value from the grandparent report. So I just carry the selected value down to the parent. In my parent query SELECT you see the ‘:START1′ at the end? That’s making that value available to me when I use it in my grandchild query. To complicate things a bit further, I can’t have a column name with a ‘:’ in it, or SQL Developer will get confused when I try to reference the value of the variable with the ‘:’ – and ‘::Name’ doesn’t work. But that’s OK, just alias it. Grandchild Query Select Output From Table(Dbms_Workload_Repository.Awr_Report_Text(1298953802, 1,:CARRY, :STOP1)); Ok, and the last trick – I hard-coded my report to use my database’s DB_ID and INST_ID into the AWR package call. Now a smart person could figure out a way to make that work on any database, but I got lazy and and ran out of time. But this should be far enough for you to take it from here. Here’s what my report looks like now: Caution: don’t run this if you haven’t licensed Enterprise Edition with Diagnostic Pack. The Raw XML for this AWR Report <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <displays> <display id="927ba96c-0139-1000-8001-7f0000015340" type="" style="Table" enable="true"> <name><![CDATA[AWR Start Stop Report Final]]></name> <description><![CDATA[]]></description> <tooltip><![CDATA[]]></tooltip> <drillclass><![CDATA[null]]></drillclass> <CustomValues> <TYPE>horizontal</TYPE> </CustomValues> <query> <sql><![CDATA[SELECT snap_id start1, begin_interval_time, end_interval_time FROM dba_hist_snapshot ORDER BY 1 asc]]></sql> </query> <display id="null" type="" style="Table" enable="true"> <name><![CDATA[Stop SNAP_ID]]></name> <description><![CDATA[]]></description> <tooltip><![CDATA[]]></tooltip> <drillclass><![CDATA[null]]></drillclass> <CustomValues> <TYPE>horizontal</TYPE> </CustomValues> <query> <sql><![CDATA[SELECT snap_id stop1, begin_interval_time, end_interval_time, :START1 carry FROM dba_hist_snapshot WHERE snap_id > :START1 ORDER BY 1 asc]]></sql> </query> <display id="null" type="" style="Table" enable="true"> <name><![CDATA[AWR Report]]></name> <description><![CDATA[]]></description> <tooltip><![CDATA[]]></tooltip> <drillclass><![CDATA[null]]></drillclass> <CustomValues> <TYPE>horizontal</TYPE> </CustomValues> <query> <sql><![CDATA[Select Output From Table(Dbms_Workload_Repository.Awr_Report_Text(1298953802, 1,:CARRY, :STOP1 ))]]></sql> </query> </display> </display> </display> </displays> Should We Build Support for Multiple Levels of Reports into the User Interface? Let us know! A comment here or a suggestion on our SQL Developer Exchange might help your case!

    Read the article

  • Frequent Disconnects ubuntu desktop 12.10 x64 intel 82579V e1000e

    - by user112055
    I'm having frequent disconnects with my new install of Ubuntu 12.10. I tried updating the kernel driver to the latest intel release to no avail. My expertise is spent. It happens anywhere between 1 min and 10 min. Any ideas? syslog: Dec 1 13:51:39 andromeda kernel: [ 972.188809] audit_printk_skb: 6 callbacks suppressed Dec 1 13:51:39 andromeda kernel: [ 972.188813] type=1701 audit(1354398699.418:199): auid=4294967295 uid=1000 gid=1000 ses=4294967295 pid=6039 comm="chrome" reason="seccomp" sig=0 syscall=4 compat=0 ip=0x7f26777d9205 code=0x50000 Dec 1 13:51:39 andromeda kernel: [ 972.188817] type=1701 audit(1354398699.418:200): auid=4294967295 uid=1000 gid=1000 ses=4294967295 pid=6039 comm="chrome" reason="seccomp" sig=0 syscall=4 compat=0 ip=0x7f26777d9205 code=0x50000 Dec 1 13:51:39 andromeda kernel: [ 972.188820] type=1701 audit(1354398699.418:201): auid=4294967295 uid=1000 gid=1000 ses=4294967295 pid=6039 comm="chrome" reason="seccomp" sig=0 syscall=4 compat=0 ip=0x7f26777d9205 code=0x50000 Dec 1 13:51:39 andromeda kernel: [ 972.188823] type=1701 audit(1354398699.418:202): auid=4294967295 uid=1000 gid=1000 ses=4294967295 pid=6039 comm="chrome" reason="seccomp" sig=0 syscall=4 compat=0 ip=0x7f26777d9205 code=0x50000 Dec 1 13:51:39 andromeda kernel: [ 972.188825] type=1701 audit(1354398699.418:203): auid=4294967295 uid=1000 gid=1000 ses=4294967295 pid=6039 comm="chrome" reason="seccomp" sig=0 syscall=4 compat=0 ip=0x7f26777d9205 code=0x50000 Dec 1 13:51:39 andromeda kernel: [ 972.331419] type=1701 audit(1354398699.558:204): auid=4294967295 uid=1000 gid=1000 ses=4294967295 pid=6039 comm="chrome" reason="seccomp" sig=0 syscall=2 compat=0 ip=0x7f26777d96b0 code=0x50000 Dec 1 13:53:12 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): carrier now OFF (device state 100, deferring action for 4 seconds) Dec 1 13:53:12 andromeda kernel: [ 1064.894387] e1000e: e1000e: eth0 NIC Link is Down Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: activated -> unavailable (reason 'carrier-changed') [100 20 40] Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): deactivating device (reason 'carrier-changed') [40] Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): canceled DHCP transaction, DHCP client pid 5946 Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Withdrawing address record for fe80::ea40:f2ff:fee2:4d86 on eth0. Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Leaving mDNS multicast group on interface eth0.IPv6 with address fe80::ea40:f2ff:fee2:4d86. Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Interface eth0.IPv6 no longer relevant for mDNS. Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda kernel: [ 1069.025288] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Withdrawing address record for 192.168.11.17 on eth0. Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Leaving mDNS multicast group on interface eth0.IPv4 with address 192.168.11.17. Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Interface eth0.IPv4 no longer relevant for mDNS. Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <warn> DNS: plugin dnsmasq update failed Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> ((null)): removing resolv.conf from /sbin/resolvconf Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda dnsmasq[1907]: setting upstream servers from DBus Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda dbus[800]: [system] Activating service name='org.freedesktop.nm_dispatcher' (using servicehelper) Dec 1 13:53:16 andromeda dbus[800]: [system] Successfully activated service 'org.freedesktop.nm_dispatcher' Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): carrier now ON (device state 20) Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: unavailable -> disconnected (reason 'carrier-changed') [20 30 40] Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Auto-activating connection '82579V'. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) starting connection '82579V' Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: disconnected -> prepare (reason 'none') [30 40 0] Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) scheduled... Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) started... Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) scheduled... Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) complete. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) starting... Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: prepare -> config (reason 'none') [40 50 0] Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) successful. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 3 of 5 (IP Configure Start) scheduled. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) complete. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 3 of 5 (IP Configure Start) started... Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: config -> ip-config (reason 'none') [50 70 0] Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Beginning DHCPv4 transaction (timeout in 45 seconds) Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda kernel: [ 1084.938042] e1000e: e1000e: eth0 NIC Link is Up 100 Mbps Full Duplex, Flow Control: Rx/Tx Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda kernel: [ 1084.938049] e1000e 0000:00:19.0: eth0: 10/100 speed: disabling TSO Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda kernel: [ 1084.938815] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth0: link becomes ready Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> dhclient started with pid 6080 Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 3 of 5 (IP Configure Start) complete. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: Internet Systems Consortium DHCP Client 4.2.4 Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: Copyright 2004-2012 Internet Systems Consortium. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: All rights reserved. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: For info, please visit https://www.isc.org/software/dhcp/ Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): DHCPv4 state changed nbi -> preinit Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: Listening on LPF/eth0/e8:40:f2:e2:4d:86 Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: Sending on LPF/eth0/e8:40:f2:e2:4d:86 Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: Sending on Socket/fallback Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: DHCPREQUEST of 192.168.11.17 on eth0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: DHCPACK of 192.168.11.17 from 192.168.11.1 Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda dhclient: bound to 192.168.11.17 -- renewal in 33576 seconds. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): DHCPv4 state changed preinit -> reboot Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> address 192.168.11.17 Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> prefix 24 (255.255.255.0) Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> gateway 192.168.11.1 Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> hostname 'andromeda' Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> nameserver '192.168.11.1' Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> domain name 'hsd1.ca.comcast.net' Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 5 of 5 (IPv4 Configure Commit) scheduled... Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 5 of 5 (IPv4 Commit) started... Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Joining mDNS multicast group on interface eth0.IPv4 with address 192.168.11.17. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: New relevant interface eth0.IPv4 for mDNS. Dec 1 13:53:32 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Registering new address record for 192.168.11.17 on eth0.IPv4. Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: ip-config -> activated (reason 'none') [70 100 0] Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> ((null)): writing resolv.conf to /sbin/resolvconf Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda dnsmasq[1907]: setting upstream servers from DBus Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda dnsmasq[1907]: using nameserver 192.168.11.1#53 Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Policy set '82579V' (eth0) as default for IPv4 routing and DNS. Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) successful, device activated. Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 5 of 5 (IPv4 Commit) complete. Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda dbus[800]: [system] Activating service name='org.freedesktop.nm_dispatcher' (using servicehelper) Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda dbus[800]: [system] Successfully activated service 'org.freedesktop.nm_dispatcher' Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Joining mDNS multicast group on interface eth0.IPv6 with address fe80::ea40:f2ff:fee2:4d86. Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: New relevant interface eth0.IPv6 for mDNS. Dec 1 13:53:33 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Registering new address record for fe80::ea40:f2ff:fee2:4d86 on eth0.*. Dec 1 13:53:41 andromeda ntpdate[6154]: adjust time server 91.189.94.4 offset 0.000928 sec Dec 1 13:53:50 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): carrier now OFF (device state 100, deferring action for 4 seconds) Dec 1 13:53:50 andromeda kernel: [ 1102.980003] e1000e: e1000e: eth0 NIC Link is Down Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: activated -> unavailable (reason 'carrier-changed') [100 20 40] Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): deactivating device (reason 'carrier-changed') [40] Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): canceled DHCP transaction, DHCP client pid 6080 Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Withdrawing address record for fe80::ea40:f2ff:fee2:4d86 on eth0. Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Leaving mDNS multicast group on interface eth0.IPv6 with address fe80::ea40:f2ff:fee2:4d86. Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Interface eth0.IPv6 no longer relevant for mDNS. Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Withdrawing address record for 192.168.11.17 on eth0. Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Leaving mDNS multicast group on interface eth0.IPv4 with address 192.168.11.17. Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda kernel: [ 1107.025959] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <warn> DNS: plugin dnsmasq update failed Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> ((null)): removing resolv.conf from /sbin/resolvconf Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Interface eth0.IPv4 no longer relevant for mDNS. Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda dnsmasq[1907]: setting upstream servers from DBus Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda dbus[800]: [system] Activating service name='org.freedesktop.nm_dispatcher' (using servicehelper) Dec 1 13:53:54 andromeda dbus[800]: [system] Successfully activated service 'org.freedesktop.nm_dispatcher' Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): carrier now ON (device state 20) Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: unavailable -> disconnected (reason 'carrier-changed') [20 30 40] Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Auto-activating connection '82579V'. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) starting connection '82579V' Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: disconnected -> prepare (reason 'none') [30 40 0] Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) scheduled... Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) started... Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) scheduled... Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 1 of 5 (Device Prepare) complete. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) starting... Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: prepare -> config (reason 'none') [40 50 0] Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) successful. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda kernel: [ 1123.167668] e1000e: e1000e: eth0 NIC Link is Up 100 Mbps Full Duplex, Flow Control: Rx/Tx Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda kernel: [ 1123.167675] e1000e 0000:00:19.0: eth0: 10/100 speed: disabling TSO Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda kernel: [ 1123.168430] IPv6: ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth0: link becomes ready Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 3 of 5 (IP Configure Start) scheduled. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 2 of 5 (Device Configure) complete. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 3 of 5 (IP Configure Start) started... Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: config -> ip-config (reason 'none') [50 70 0] Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Beginning DHCPv4 transaction (timeout in 45 seconds) Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> dhclient started with pid 6212 Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 3 of 5 (IP Configure Start) complete. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: Internet Systems Consortium DHCP Client 4.2.4 Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: Copyright 2004-2012 Internet Systems Consortium. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: All rights reserved. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: For info, please visit https://www.isc.org/software/dhcp/ Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): DHCPv4 state changed nbi -> preinit Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: Listening on LPF/eth0/e8:40:f2:e2:4d:86 Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: Sending on LPF/eth0/e8:40:f2:e2:4d:86 Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: Sending on Socket/fallback Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: DHCPREQUEST of 192.168.11.17 on eth0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: DHCPACK of 192.168.11.17 from 192.168.11.1 Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): DHCPv4 state changed preinit -> reboot Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> address 192.168.11.17 Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> prefix 24 (255.255.255.0) Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> gateway 192.168.11.1 Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> hostname 'andromeda' Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> nameserver '192.168.11.1' Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> domain name 'hsd1.ca.comcast.net' Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 5 of 5 (IPv4 Configure Commit) scheduled... Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 5 of 5 (IPv4 Commit) started... Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Joining mDNS multicast group on interface eth0.IPv4 with address 192.168.11.17. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda dhclient: bound to 192.168.11.17 -- renewal in 35416 seconds. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: New relevant interface eth0.IPv4 for mDNS. Dec 1 13:54:10 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Registering new address record for 192.168.11.17 on eth0.IPv4. Dec 1 13:54:11 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> (eth0): device state change: ip-config -> activated (reason 'none') [70 100 0] Dec 1 13:54:11 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> ((null)): writing resolv.conf to /sbin/resolvconf Dec 1 13:54:11 andromeda dnsmasq[1907]: setting upstream servers from DBus Dec 1 13:54:11 andromeda dnsmasq[1907]: using nameserver 192.168.11.1#53 Dec 1 13:54:11 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Policy set '82579V' (eth0) as default for IPv4 routing and DNS. Dec 1 13:54:11 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) successful, device activated. Dec 1 13:54:11 andromeda NetworkManager[1115]: <info> Activation (eth0) Stage 5 of 5 (IPv4 Commit) complete. Dec 1 13:54:11 andromeda dbus[800]: [system] Activating service name='org.freedesktop.nm_dispatcher' (using servicehelper) Dec 1 13:54:11 andromeda dbus[800]: [system] Successfully activated service 'org.freedesktop.nm_dispatcher' Dec 1 13:54:12 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Joining mDNS multicast group on interface eth0.IPv6 with address fe80::ea40:f2ff:fee2:4d86. Dec 1 13:54:12 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: New relevant interface eth0.IPv6 for mDNS. Dec 1 13:54:12 andromeda avahi-daemon[890]: Registering new address record for fe80::ea40:f2ff:fee2:4d86 on eth0.*. Dec 1 13:54:19 andromeda ntpdate[6286]: adjust time server 91.189.94.4 offset 0.001142 sec $ lspci -v 00:19.0 Ethernet controller: Intel Corporation 82579V Gigabit Network Connection (rev 04) Subsystem: Intel Corporation Device 2031 Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0, IRQ 45 Memory at f7f00000 (32-bit, non-prefetchable) [size=128K] Memory at f7f39000 (32-bit, non-prefetchable) [size=4K] I/O ports at f040 [size=32] Capabilities: [c8] Power Management version 2 Capabilities: [d0] MSI: Enable+ Count=1/1 Maskable- 64bit+ Capabilities: [e0] PCI Advanced Features Kernel driver in use: e1000e Kernel modules: e1000e $ modinfo e1000e filename: /lib/modules/3.5.0-19-generic/kernel/drivers/net/e1000e/e1000e.ko version: 2.1.4-NAPI license: GPL description: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Driver author: Intel Corporation, <[email protected]> srcversion: 0809529BE0BBC44883956AF alias: pci:v00008086d0000153Bsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000153Asv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d00001503sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d00001502sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010F0sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010EFsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010EBsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010EAsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d00001525sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010DFsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010DEsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010CEsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010CDsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010CCsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010CBsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010F5sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010BFsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010E5sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000294Csv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010BDsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010C3sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010C2sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010C0sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d00001501sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d00001049sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000104Dsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000104Bsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000104Asv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010C4sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010C5sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000104Csv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010BBsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d00001098sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010BAsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d00001096sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000150Csv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010F6sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010D3sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000109Asv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000108Csv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000108Bsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000107Fsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000107Esv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000107Dsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010B9sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010D5sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010DAsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010D9sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d00001060sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010A5sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010BCsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d000010A4sv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000105Fsv*sd*bc*sc*i* alias: pci:v00008086d0000105Esv*sd*bc*sc*i* depends: vermagic: 3.5.0-19-generic SMP mod_unload modversions parm: copybreak:Maximum size of packet that is copied to a new buffer on receive (uint) parm: TxIntDelay:Transmit Interrupt Delay (array of int) parm: TxAbsIntDelay:Transmit Absolute Interrupt Delay (array of int) parm: RxIntDelay:Receive Interrupt Delay (array of int) parm: RxAbsIntDelay:Receive Absolute Interrupt Delay (array of int) parm: InterruptThrottleRate:Interrupt Throttling Rate (array of int) parm: IntMode:Interrupt Mode (array of int) parm: SmartPowerDownEnable:Enable PHY smart power down (array of int) parm: KumeranLockLoss:Enable Kumeran lock loss workaround (array of int) parm: CrcStripping:Enable CRC Stripping, disable if your BMC needs the CRC (array of int) parm: EEE:Enable/disable on parts that support the feature (array of int) parm: Node:[ROUTING] Node to allocate memory on, default -1 (array of int) parm: debug:Debug level (0=none,...,16=all) (int)

    Read the article

  • ANTS CLR and Memory Profiler In Depth Review (Part 1 of 2 &ndash; CLR Profiler)

    - by ToStringTheory
    One of the things that people might not know about me, is my obsession to make my code as efficient as possible.  Many people might not realize how much of a task or undertaking that this might be, but it is surely a task as monumental as climbing Mount Everest, except this time it is a challenge for the mind…  In trying to make code efficient, there are many different factors that play a part – size of project or solution, tiers, language used, experience and training of the programmer, technologies used, maintainability of the code – the list can go on for quite some time. I spend quite a bit of time when developing trying to determine what is the best way to implement a feature to accomplish the efficiency that I look to achieve.  One program that I have recently come to learn about – Red Gate ANTS Performance (CLR) and Memory profiler gives me tools to accomplish that job more efficiently as well.  In this review, I am going to cover some of the features of the ANTS profiler set by compiling some hideous example code to test against. Notice As a member of the Geeks With Blogs Influencers program, one of the perks is the ability to review products, in exchange for a free license to the program.  I have not let this affect my opinions of the product in any way, and Red Gate nor Geeks With Blogs has tried to influence my opinion regarding this product in any way. Introduction The ANTS Profiler pack provided by Red Gate was something that I had not heard of before receiving an email regarding an offer to review it for a license.  Since I look to make my code efficient, it was a no brainer for me to try it out!  One thing that I have to say took me by surprise is that upon downloading the program and installing it you fill out a form for your usual contact information.  Sure enough within 2 hours, I received an email from a sales representative at Red Gate asking if she could help me to achieve the most out of my trial time so it wouldn’t go to waste.  After replying to her and explaining that I was looking to review its feature set, she put me in contact with someone that setup a demo session to give me a quick rundown of its features via an online meeting.  After having dealt with a massive ordeal with one of my utility companies and their complete lack of customer service, Red Gates friendly and helpful representatives were a breath of fresh air, and something I was thankful for. ANTS CLR Profiler The ANTS CLR profiler is the thing I want to focus on the most in this post, so I am going to dive right in now. Install was simple and took no time at all.  It installed both the profiler for the CLR and Memory, but also visual studio extensions to facilitate the usage of the profilers (click any images for full size images): The Visual Studio menu options (under ANTS menu) Starting the CLR Performance Profiler from the start menu yields this window If you follow the instructions after launching the program from the start menu (Click File > New Profiling Session to start a new project), you are given a dialog with plenty of options for profiling: The New Session dialog.  Lots of options.  One thing I noticed is that the buttons in the lower right were half-covered by the panel of the application.  If I had to guess, I would imagine that this is caused by my DPI settings being set to 125%.  This is a problem I have seen in other applications as well that don’t scale well to different dpi scales. The profiler options give you the ability to profile: .NET Executable ASP.NET web application (hosted in IIS) ASP.NET web application (hosted in IIS express) ASP.NET web application (hosted in Cassini Web Development Server) SharePoint web application (hosted in IIS) Silverlight 4+ application Windows Service COM+ server XBAP (local XAML browser application) Attach to an already running .NET 4 process Choosing each option provides a varying set of other variables/options that one can set including options such as application arguments, operating path, record I/O performance performance counters to record (43 counters in all!), etc…  All in all, they give you the ability to profile many different .Net project types, and make it simple to do so.  In most cases of my using this application, I would be using the built in Visual Studio extensions, as they automatically start a new profiling project in ANTS with the options setup, and start your program, however RedGate has made it easy enough to profile outside of Visual Studio as well. On the flip side of this, as someone who lives most of their work life in Visual Studio, one thing I do wish is that instead of opening an entirely separate application/gui to perform profiling after launching, that instead they would provide a Visual Studio panel with the information, and integrate more of the profiling project information into Visual Studio.  So, now that we have an idea of what options that the profiler gives us, its time to test its abilities and features. Horrendous Example Code – Prime Number Generator One of my interests besides development, is Physics and Math – what I went to college for.  I have especially always been interested in prime numbers, as they are something of a mystery…  So, I decided that I would go ahead and to test the abilities of the profiler, I would write a small program, website, and library to generate prime numbers in the quantity that you ask for.  I am going to start off with some terrible code, and show how I would see the profiler being used as a development tool. First off, the IPrimes interface (all code is downloadable at the end of the post): interface IPrimes { IEnumerable<int> GetPrimes(int retrieve); } Simple enough, right?  Anything that implements the interface will (hopefully) provide an IEnumerable of int, with the quantity specified in the parameter argument.  Next, I am going to implement this interface in the most basic way: public class DumbPrimes : IPrimes { public IEnumerable<int> GetPrimes(int retrieve) { //store a list of primes already found var _foundPrimes = new List<int>() { 2, 3 }; //if i ask for 1 or two primes, return what asked for if (retrieve <= _foundPrimes.Count()) return _foundPrimes.Take(retrieve); //the next number to look at int _analyzing = 4; //since I already determined I don't have enough //execute at least once, and until quantity is sufficed do { //assume prime until otherwise determined bool isPrime = true; //start dividing at 2 //divide until number is reached, or determined not prime for (int i = 2; i < _analyzing && isPrime; i++) { //if (i) goes into _analyzing without a remainder, //_analyzing is NOT prime if (_analyzing % i == 0) isPrime = false; } //if it is prime, add to found list if (isPrime) _foundPrimes.Add(_analyzing); //increment number to analyze next _analyzing++; } while (_foundPrimes.Count() < retrieve); return _foundPrimes; } } This is the simplest way to get primes in my opinion.  Checking each number by the straight definition of a prime – is it divisible by anything besides 1 and itself. I have included this code in a base class library for my solution, as I am going to use it to demonstrate a couple of features of ANTS.  This class library is consumed by a simple non-MVVM WPF application, and a simple MVC4 website.  I will not post the WPF code here inline, as it is simply an ObservableCollection<int>, a label, two textbox’s, and a button. Starting a new Profiling Session So, in Visual Studio, I have just completed my first stint developing the GUI and DumbPrimes IPrimes class, so now I want to check my codes efficiency by profiling it.  All I have to do is build the solution (surprised initiating a profiling session doesn’t do this, but I suppose I can understand it), and then click the ANTS menu, followed by Profile Performance.  I am then greeted by the profiler starting up and already monitoring my program live: You are provided with a realtime graph at the top, and a pane at the bottom giving you information on how to proceed.  I am going to start by asking my program to show me the first 15000 primes: After the program finally began responding again (I did all the work on the main UI thread – how bad!), I stopped the profiler, which did kill the process of my program too.  One important thing to note, is that the profiler by default wants to give you a lot of detail about the operation – line hit counts, time per line, percent time per line, etc…  The important thing to remember is that this itself takes a lot of time.  When running my program without the profiler attached, it can generate the 15000 primes in 5.18 seconds, compared to 74.5 seconds – almost a 1500 percent increase.  While this may seem like a lot, remember that there is a trade off.  It may be WAY more inefficient, however, I am able to drill down and make improvements to specific problem areas, and then decrease execution time all around. Analyzing the Profiling Session After clicking ‘Stop Profiling’, the process running my application stopped, and the entire execution time was automatically selected by ANTS, and the results shown below: Now there are a number of interesting things going on here, I am going to cover each in a section of its own: Real Time Performance Counter Bar (top of screen) At the top of the screen, is the real time performance bar.  As your application is running, this will constantly update with the currently selected performance counters status.  A couple of cool things to note are the fact that you can drag a selection around specific time periods to drill down the detail views in the lower 2 panels to information pertaining to only that period. After selecting a time period, you can bookmark a section and name it, so that it is easy to find later, or after reloaded at a later time.  You can also zoom in, out, or fit the graph to the space provided – useful for drilling down. It may be hard to see, but at the top of the processor time graph below the time ticks, but above the red usage graph, there is a green bar. This bar shows at what times a method that is selected in the ‘Call tree’ panel is called. Very cool to be able to click on a method and see at what times it made an impact. As I said before, ANTS provides 43 different performance counters you can hook into.  Click the arrow next to the Performance tab at the top will allow you to change between different counters if you have them selected: Method Call Tree, ADO.Net Database Calls, File IO – Detail Panel Red Gate really hit the mark here I think. When you select a section of the run with the graph, the call tree populates to fill a hierarchical tree of method calls, with information regarding each of the methods.   By default, methods are hidden where the source is not provided (framework type code), however, Red Gate has integrated Reflector into ANTS, so even if you don’t have source for something, you can select a method and get the source if you want.  Methods are also hidden where the impact is seen as insignificant – methods that are only executed for 1% of the time of the overall calling methods time; in other words, working on making them better is not where your efforts should be focused. – Smart! Source Panel – Detail Panel The source panel is where you can see line level information on your code, showing the code for the currently selected method from the Method Call Tree.  If the code is not available, Reflector takes care of it and shows the code anyways! As you can notice, there does seem to be a problem with how ANTS determines what line is the actual line that a call is completed on.  I have suspicions that this may be due to some of the inline code optimizations that the CLR applies upon compilation of the assembly.  In a method with comments, the problem is much more severe: As you can see here, apparently the most offending code in my base library was a comment – *gasp*!  Removing the comments does help quite a bit, however I hope that Red Gate works on their counter algorithm soon to improve the logic on positioning for statistics: I did a small test just to demonstrate the lines are correct without comments. For me, it isn’t a deal breaker, as I can usually determine the correct placements by looking at the application code in the region and determining what makes sense, but it is something that would probably build up some irritation with time. Feature – Suggest Method for Optimization A neat feature to really help those in need of a pointer, is the menu option under tools to automatically suggest methods to optimize/improve: Nice feature – clicking it filters the call tree and stars methods that it thinks are good candidates for optimization.  I do wish that they would have made it more visible for those of use who aren’t great on sight: Process Integration I do think that this could have a place in my process.  After experimenting with the profiler, I do think it would be a great benefit to do some development, testing, and then after all the bugs are worked out, use the profiler to check on things to make sure nothing seems like it is hogging more than its fair share.  For example, with this program, I would have developed it, ran it, tested it – it works, but slowly. After looking at the profiler, and seeing the massive amount of time spent in 1 method, I might go ahead and try to re-implement IPrimes (I actually would probably rewrite the offending code, but so that I can distribute both sets of code easily, I’m just going to make another implementation of IPrimes).  Using two pieces of knowledge about prime numbers can make this method MUCH more efficient – prime numbers fall into two buckets 6k+/-1 , and a number is prime if it is not divisible by any other primes before it: public class SmartPrimes : IPrimes { public IEnumerable<int> GetPrimes(int retrieve) { //store a list of primes already found var _foundPrimes = new List<int>() { 2, 3 }; //if i ask for 1 or two primes, return what asked for if (retrieve <= _foundPrimes.Count()) return _foundPrimes.Take(retrieve); //the next number to look at int _k = 1; //since I already determined I don't have enough //execute at least once, and until quantity is sufficed do { //assume prime until otherwise determined bool isPrime = true; int potentialPrime; //analyze 6k-1 //assign the value to potential potentialPrime = 6 * _k - 1; //if there are any primes that divise this, it is NOT a prime number //using PLINQ for quick boost isPrime = !_foundPrimes.AsParallel() .Any(prime => potentialPrime % prime == 0); //if it is prime, add to found list if (isPrime) _foundPrimes.Add(potentialPrime); if (_foundPrimes.Count() == retrieve) break; //analyze 6k+1 //assign the value to potential potentialPrime = 6 * _k + 1; //if there are any primes that divise this, it is NOT a prime number //using PLINQ for quick boost isPrime = !_foundPrimes.AsParallel() .Any(prime => potentialPrime % prime == 0); //if it is prime, add to found list if (isPrime) _foundPrimes.Add(potentialPrime); //increment k to analyze next _k++; } while (_foundPrimes.Count() < retrieve); return _foundPrimes; } } Now there are definitely more things I can do to help make this more efficient, but for the scope of this example, I think this is fine (but still hideous)! Profiling this now yields a happy surprise 27 seconds to generate the 15000 primes with the profiler attached, and only 1.43 seconds without.  One important thing I wanted to call out though was the performance graph now: Notice anything odd?  The %Processor time is above 100%.  This is because there is now more than 1 core in the operation.  A better label for the chart in my mind would have been %Core time, but to each their own. Another odd thing I noticed was that the profiler seemed to be spot on this time in my DumbPrimes class with line details in source, even with comments..  Odd. Profiling Web Applications The last thing that I wanted to cover, that means a lot to me as a web developer, is the great amount of work that Red Gate put into the profiler when profiling web applications.  In my solution, I have a simple MVC4 application setup with 1 page, a single input form, that will output prime values as my WPF app did.  Launching the profiler from Visual Studio as before, nothing is really different in the profiler window, however I did receive a UAC prompt for a Red Gate helper app to integrate with the web server without notification. After requesting 500, 1000, 2000, and 5000 primes, and looking at the profiler session, things are slightly different from before: As you can see, there are 4 spikes of activity in the processor time graph, but there is also something new in the call tree: That’s right – ANTS will actually group method calls by get/post operations, so it is easier to find out what action/page is giving the largest problems…  Pretty cool in my mind! Overview Overall, I think that Red Gate ANTS CLR Profiler has a lot to offer, however I think it also has a long ways to go.  3 Biggest Pros: Ability to easily drill down from time graph, to method calls, to source code Wide variety of counters to choose from when profiling your application Excellent integration/grouping of methods being called from web applications by request – BRILLIANT! 3 Biggest Cons: Issue regarding line details in source view Nit pick – Processor time vs. Core time Nit pick – Lack of full integration with Visual Studio Ratings Ease of Use (7/10) – I marked down here because of the problems with the line level details and the extra work that that entails, and the lack of better integration with Visual Studio. Effectiveness (10/10) – I believe that the profiler does EXACTLY what it purports to do.  Especially with its large variety of performance counters, a definite plus! Features (9/10) – Besides the real time performance monitoring, and the drill downs that I’ve shown here, ANTS also has great integration with ADO.Net, with the ability to show database queries run by your application in the profiler.  This, with the line level details, the web request grouping, reflector integration, and various options to customize your profiling session I think create a great set of features! Customer Service (10/10) – My entire experience with Red Gate personnel has been nothing but good.  their people are friendly, helpful, and happy! UI / UX (8/10) – The interface is very easy to get around, and all of the options are easy to find.  With a little bit of poking around, you’ll be optimizing Hello World in no time flat! Overall (8/10) – Overall, I am happy with the Performance Profiler and its features, as well as with the service I received when working with the Red Gate personnel.  I WOULD recommend you trying the application and seeing if it would fit into your process, BUT, remember there are still some kinks in it to hopefully be worked out. My next post will definitely be shorter (hopefully), but thank you for reading up to here, or skipping ahead!  Please, if you do try the product, drop me a message and let me know what you think!  I would love to hear any opinions you may have on the product. Code Feel free to download the code I used above – download via DropBox

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Saturday, October 29, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Saturday, October 29, 2011Popular Releasespatterns & practices: Enterprise Library Contrib: Enterprise Library Contrib - 5.0 (Oct 2011): This release of Enterprise Library Contrib is based on the Microsoft patterns & practices Enterprise Library 5.0 core and contains the following: Common extensionsTypeConfigurationElement<T> - A Polymorphic Configuration Element without having to be part of a PolymorphicConfigurationElementCollection. AnonymousConfigurationElement - A Configuration element that can be uniquely identified without having to define its name explicitly. Data Access Application Block extensionsMySql Provider - ...Network Monitor Open Source Parsers: Network Monitor Parsers 3.4.2748: The Network Monitor Parsers packages contain parsers for more than 400 network protocols, including RFC based public protocols and protocols for Microsoft products defined in the Microsoft Open Specifications for Windows and SQL Server. NetworkMonitor_Parsers.msi is the base parser package which defines parsers for commonly used public protocols and protocols for Microsoft Windows. In this release, NetowrkMonitor_Parsers.msi continues to improve quality and fix bugs. It has included the fo...Duckworth Lewis Professional Edition Calculator: DLcalc 3.0: DLcalc 3.0 can perform Duckworth/Lewis Professional Edition calculations 100% accurately. It also produces over-by-over and ball-by-ball PAR score tables.Folder Bookmarks: Folder Bookmarks 2.2.0.1: In this version: Custom Icons - now you can change the icons of the bookmarks. By default, whenever an image is added, the icon is automatically changed to a thumbnail of the picture. This can be turned off in the settings (Options... > Settings) Ability to remove items from the 'Recent' category Bugfixes - 'Choose' button in 'Edit Bookmark' now works Another bug fix: another problem in the 'Edit Bookmark' windowMedia Companion: MC 3.420b Weekly: Ensure .NET 4.0 Full Framework is installed. (Available from http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?id=17718) Ensure the NFO ID fix is applied when transitioning from versions prior to 3.416b. (Details here) Movies Fixed: Fanart and poster scraping issues TV Shows (Re)Added: Rebuild single show Fixed: Issue when shows are moved from original location Ability to handle " for actor nicknames Crash when episode name contains "<" (does not scrape yet) Clears fanart when switch...patterns & practices - Unity: Unity 3.0 for .NET4.5 Preview: The Unity 3.0.1026.0 Preview enables Unity to work on .NET 4.5 with both the WinRT and desktop profiles. The major changes include: Unity projects updated to target .NET 4.5. Dynamic build plans modified to use compiled lambda expressions instead of Reflection.Emit Converting reflection to use the new TypeInfo for reflection. Projects updated to work with the Microsoft Visual Studio 2011 Preview Notes/Known Issues: The Microsoft.Practices.Unity.UnityServiceLocator class cannot be use...Managed Extensibility Framework: MEF 2 Preview 4: Detailed information on this release is available on the BCL team blog.Image Converter: Image Converter 0.3: New Features: - English and German support Technical Improvements: - Microsoft All Rules using Code Analysis Planned Features for future release: 1. Unit testing 2. Command line interface 3. Automatic UpdatesAcDown????? - Anime&Comic Downloader: AcDown????? v3.6: ?? ● AcDown??????????、??????,??????????????????????,???????Acfun、Bilibili、???、???、???、Tucao.cc、SF???、?????80????,???????????、?????????。 ● AcDown???????????????????????????,???,???????????????????。 ● AcDown???????C#??,????.NET Framework 2.0??。?????"Acfun?????"。 ????32??64? Windows XP/Vista/7 ????????????? ??:????????Windows XP???,?????????.NET Framework 2.0???(x86)?.NET Framework 2.0???(x64),?????"?????????"??? ??????????????,??????????: ??"AcDown?????"????????? ?? v3.6?? ??“????”...DotNetNuke® Events: 05.02.01: This release fixes any know bugs from any previous version. Events 05.02.01 will work for any DNN version 5.5.0 and up. Full details on the changes can be found at http://dnnevents.codeplex.com/workitem/list/basic Please review and rate this release... (stars are welcome)BUG FIXESAdded validation around category cookie RSS feed was missing an explicit close of the file when writing. Fixed. Added extra security into detail view .ICS Files did not include correct line folding. Fixed Cha...Microsoft Ajax Minifier: Microsoft Ajax Minifier 4.33: Add JSParser.ParseExpression method to parse JavaScript expressions rather than source-elements. Add -strict switch (CodeSettings.StrictMode) to force input code to ECMA5 Strict-mode (extra error-checking, "use strict" at top). Fixed bug when MinifyCode setting was set to false but RemoveUnneededCode was left it's default value of true.Path Copy Copy: 8.0: New version that mostly adds lots of requested features: 11340 11339 11338 11337 This version also features a more elaborate Settings UI that has several tabs. I tried to add some notes to better explain the use and purpose of the various options. The Path Copy Copy documentation is also on the way, both to explain how to develop custom plugins and to explain how to pre-configure options if you're a network admin. Stay tuned.MVC Controls Toolkit: Mvc Controls Toolkit 1.5.0: Added: The new Client Blocks feaure of Views A new "move" js method for the TreeViews The NewHtmlCreated js event to the DataGrid Improved the ChoiceList structure that now allows also the selection list of a dropdown to be chosen with a lambda expression Improved the AcceptViewHintAttribute controller filter. Now a client can specify not only the name of a View or Partial View it prefers, but also to receive just the rough data in Json format. Fixed: Issue with partial thrust Cl...Free SharePoint Master Pages: Buried Alive (Halloween) Theme: Release Notes *Created for Halloween, you will find theme file, custom css file and images. *Created by Al Roome @AlstarRoome Features: Custom styling for web part Custom background *Screenshot https://s3.amazonaws.com/kkhipple/post/sharepoint-showcase-halloween.pngDevForce Application Framework: DevForce AF 2.0.3 RTW: PrerequisitesWPF 4.0 Silverlight 4.0 DevForce 2010 6.1.3.1 Download ContentsDebug and Release Assemblies API Documentation Source code License.txt Requirements.txt Release HighlightsNew: EventAggregator event forwarding New: EntityManagerInterceptor<T> to intercept EntityManger events New: IHarnessAware to allow for ViewModel setup when executed inside of the Development Harness New: Improved design time stability New: Support for add-in development New: CoroutineFns.To...NicAudio: NicAudio 2.0.5: Minor change to accept special DTS stereo modes (LtRt, AB,...)NDepend TFS 2010 integration: version 0.5.0 beta 1: Only the activity and the VS plugin are avalaible right now. They basically work. Data types that are logged into tfs reports are subject to change. This is no big deal since data is not yet sent into the warehouse.Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows Phone: Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows Phone v1.3.1: Upgraded Windows Azure projects to Windows Azure Tools for Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 1.5 – September 2011 Upgraded the tools tools to support the Windows Phone Developer Tools RTW Update SQL Azure only scenarios to use ASP.NET Universal Providers (through the System.Web.Providers v1.0.1 NuGet package) Changed Shared Access Signature service interface to support more operations Refactored Blobs API to have a similar interface and usage to that provided by the Windows Azure SDK Stor...DotNetNuke® FAQ: 05.00.00: FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) 05.00.00 will work for any DNN version 5.6.1 and up. It is the first version which is rewritten in C#. The scope of this update is to fix all known issues and improve user interface. Please review and rate this release... (stars are welcome)BUG FIXESManage Categories button text was not localized Edit/Add FAQ Entry: button text was not localized ENHANCEMENTSAdded an option to select the control for category display: Listbox with checkboxes (flat category ...SiteMap Editor for Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011: SiteMap Editor (1.0.921.340): Added CodePlex and PayPal links New iconNew ProjectsAsynk: Asynk is a framework/application that allows existing applications to easily be extended with an offloaded asynchronous worker layer. Asynk is developed using C#.Blob Tower Defense: 3D tower defense game for Windows Phone 7. School project for Brno University of Technology, computer graphics class.Booz: Booz is... An extended version of the boo shell (booish2 to be precise). Offers additional commands like cd, md, ls etc. I hope this shell can be used to take the position of/surpass the native windows shell in the near future.CIMS: a sanction infomation system for sencience and technology of hustCrystalDot - Icon Collection / Pack (LGPL): .Net / Mono freundliche Varainte der Crystal-Icons von Everaldo Icon collection / pack for .NET and Mono designed by Everaldo - KDE style http://www.everaldo.com/crystal/dotetes: dotetes adalah teka teki silang tool dikembangkan dengan bahasa c#Emoe': This Project is a Windows Phone 7.1 application.Equation Inversion: Visual Studion 2008 Add-in for equation inversions.Exploring VMR Features on WEC7: This is the sample application helps you to do alpha blending the bitmap on camera streaming in Windows Embedded Compact 7 using Directshow video Renderer (VMR). It is a VS2008 based smart device project developed on C++. I have explained the sample application in the following blog link. http://www.e-consystems.com/blog/windowsce/?p=759 EzValidation: Custom validation extensions for ASP.NET MVC 3. Includes server and client side model based validation attributes for: -- Equal To -- Not Equal To -- Greater Than -- Greater Than or Equal To -- Less Than -- Less Than or Equal To Supports validating against: -- Another Model Field -- A Specific Value -- Current Date/Yesterday/Tomorrow (for Dates and Strings) Download & Install via NuGet "package-install ezvalidation"Flu.net: Flu.net is a tool that helps you creating your own fluent syntax for .NET Framework applications in a declarative fashion. It is aimed for infrastructures and other open-source projects use.For Chess Endgames: King vs. King Opposition Calculator: You must input the locations of 2 kings on a chessboard, and whose turn it is to move. The calculator will display which king has the opposition, and how it can be used or maintained.GameTrakXNA: This project aims to create a simple library to use the unique GameTrak controller within XNA and Flash.Google Speech Recognition Example: Google Speech Recognition contains a working example of application that uses google speech recognition API. App contains all necessary dlls to record, decode and send your voice request to google service and recieve a text representation of what you've said. It's developed in C#Interval Mandelbrot Explorer: Explore the Mandelbrot set using interval arithmetic.ISD training tasks: ISD training examples and tasksiTunesControlBar: The iTunesControlBar helps user control their iTunes Application while it is minimized. iTunesControlBar resides at the top of the screen, invisible when not used, and allows playback and volume control, library searches and media information without the need to bring up iTunes.iTurtle: A bunch of Powerscripts to automate server management in AD environment.M26WC - Mono 2.6 Wizard Control: Wizard which runs under Mono2.6 A fork of: http://aerowizard.codeplex.com/Microsoft Help Viewer 2: Help Viewer 2 is the help runtime for both Visual Studio 11 help and Windows 8 help. The code in this project will help you use and understand the HV2 runtime API.MONTRASEC: Monitoring Trafficking in human beings and Sexual Exploitation of Children: benchmarking for member state and EU reporting, turning the SIAMSECT templates into a user-friendly interface and reporting tool. MTF.NET Runtime: Managed Task Framework .NET Runtime The MTF.NET runtime software and resulting assemblies are required to run applications built using the Managed Task Framework.NET Professional (Visual Studio 2010 extension) software design editor. The MTF.NET team are committed to continuously improving the core MTF.NET runtime and ensuring it is always available free and fully transparent. Pandoras Box: A greenfield inversion of control project utilising the power and flexibility of expressions and preferring convention over configuration.Pass the Puzzle: Pass the Puzzle is a frantic word-guessing party game. The game displays a few letters, and the players must come up with words containing those letters. But beware: if the timer goes off, you lose! It is based on the folk party game Pass the Parcel and is written in C#.PerCiGal: Percigal is a project for the development of applications for managing your personal media library. It consists in - a windows application to use at home to catalog movies, TV series, cast and books, with the support of the Internet for information retrieval; - a web interface for viewing and cataloging everywhere your media; - an application for smartphones. Project Flying Carpet: Este jogo é um projeto para a cadeira Projeto de Jogos: Motores Jogos do curso de Jogos Digitais da Unisinos.proxy browser: sed leo Latin's Butterfly....Python Multiple Dispatch: Multiple dispatch (AKA multimethods) for Python 3 via a metaclass and type annotations.reDune: ?????????? ???? ? ????? «????????? ? ???????? ???????». ???????? ?? Dune2000 ?? Westwood ? Electronic Arts.Rereadable: Keep page from internet for read it latter.ServStop: ServStop is a .NET application that makes it easy to stop several system services at once. Now you don't have to change startup types or stop them one at a time. It has a simple list-based interface with the ability to save and load lists of user services to stop. Written in C#.SharePoint 2010 Audience Membership Workflow Activity (Full Trust): A simple SharePoint 2010 workflow activity / workflow condition to check whether the user initiating the workflow is a member of a specified audience. Farm-level .wsp solution, written in C#. Once installed, the workflow activity can be used in SharePoint Designer 2010 declarative workflows.SQL Server® to Firebird DB converter: Converts Microsoft SQL Server® database into Firebird database including entire structure and datastegitest: test projectSystem.Threading.Joins: The Joins project provides asynchronous concurrency semantics based on join calculus and modeled after the Microsoft Research C? (C Omega) project.TestAndroidGame: try dev a TestAndroidGametetribricks: block game Topographic Explorer: A project to import, convert, explore, manipulate, and save topographical maps. Looking to use C# and WPF.Trading: Under construction!!!Trombone: Trombone makes it easier for Windows Mobile Professional users to automate status reply through SMS. It's developed in Visual C# 2008.Tulsa SharePoint Interest Group: Repository for source code for the Tulsa SharePoint Interest Group's web site. The Tulsa SharePoint Interest Group is using the Community Kit for SharePoint. This project will house any modifications that are specific to our user group.World of Tanks RU tiny stats collection utilty.: Tiny utility to load players stats for World of Tanks RU server. Results saved to comma separated file.WS-Discovery Proxy: Attempt at creating general purpose WS-Discovery Proxy.Yamaha Tu?n Tr?c: This application is used to manage information for Yamaha Tu?n Tr?c

    Read the article

  • Issue 15: Oracle Exadata Marketing Campaigns

    - by rituchhibber
         PARTNER FOCUS Oracle ExadataMarketing Campaign Steve McNickleVP Europe, cVidya Steve McNickle is VP Europe for cVidya, an innovative provider of revenue intelligence solutions for telecom, media and entertainment service providers including AT&T, BT, Deutsche Telecom and Vodafone. The company's product portfolio helps operators and service providers maximise margins, improve customer experience and optimise ecosystem relationships through revenue assurance, fraud and security management, sales performance management, pricing analytics, and inter-carrier services. cVidya has partnered with Oracle for more than a decade. RESOURCES -- Oracle PartnerNetwork (OPN) Oracle Exastack Program Oracle Exastack Optimized Oracle Exastack Labs and Enablement Resources Oracle Engineered Systems Oracle Communications cVidya SUBSCRIBE FEEDBACK PREVIOUS ISSUES Are you ready for Oracle OpenWorld this October? -- -- Please could you tell us a little about cVidya's partnering history with Oracle, and expand on your Oracle Exastack accreditations? "cVidya was established just over ten years ago and we've had a strong relationship with Oracle almost since the very beginning. Through our Revenue Intelligence work with some of the world's largest service providers we collect tremendous amounts of information, amounting to billions of records per day. We help our clients to collect, store and analyse that data to ensure that their end customers are getting the best levels of service, are billed correctly, and are happy that they are on the correct price plan. We have been an Oracle Gold level partner for seven years, and crucially just two months ago we were also accredited as Oracle Exastack Optimized for MoneyMap, our core Revenue Assurance solution. Very soon we also expect to be Oracle Exastack Optimized DRMap, our Data Retention solution." What unique capabilities and customer benefits does Oracle Exastack add to your applications? "Oracle Exastack enables us to deliver radical benefits to our customers. A typical mobile operator in the UK might handle between 500 million and two billion call data record details daily. Each transaction needs to be validated, billed correctly and fraud checked. Because of the enormous volumes involved, our clients demand scalable infrastructure that allows them to efficiently acquire, store and process all that data within controlled cost, space and environmental constraints. We have proved that the Oracle Exadata system can process data up to seven times faster and load it as much as 20 times faster than other standard best-of-breed server approaches. With the Oracle Exadata Database Machine they can reduce their datacentre equipment from say, the six or seven cabinets that they needed in the past, down to just one. This dramatic simplification delivers incredible value to the customer by cutting down enormously on all of their significant cost, space, energy, cooling and maintenance overheads." "The Oracle Exastack Program has given our clients the ability to switch their focus from reactive to proactive. Traditionally they may have spent 80 percent of their day processing, and just 20 percent enabling end customers to see advanced analytics, and avoiding issues before they occur. With our solutions and Oracle Exadata they can now switch that balance around entirely, resulting not only in reduced revenue leakage, but a far higher focus on proactive leakage prevention. How has the Oracle Exastack Program transformed your customer business? "We can already see the impact. Oracle solutions allow our delivery teams to achieve successful deployments, happy customers and self-satisfaction, and the power of Oracle's Exa solutions is easy to measure in terms of their transformational ability. We gained our first sale into a major European telco by demonstrating the major performance gains that would transform their business. Clients can measure the ease of organisational change, the early prevention of business issues, the reduction in manpower required to provide protection and coverage across all their products and services, plus of course end customer satisfaction. If customers know that that service is provided accurately and that their bills are calculated correctly, then over time this satisfaction can be attributed to revenue intelligence and the underlying systems which provide it. Combine this with the further integration we have with the other layers of the Oracle stack, including the telecommunications offerings such as NCC, OCDM and BRM, and the result is even greater customer value—not to mention the increased speed to market and the reduced project risk." What does the Oracle Exastack community bring to cVidya, both in terms of general benefits, and also tangible new opportunities and partnerships? "A great deal. We have participated in the Oracle Exastack community heavily over the past year, and have had lots of meetings with Oracle and our peers around the globe. It brings us into contact with like-minded, innovative partners, who like us are not happy to just stand still and want to take fresh technology to their customer base in order to gain enhanced value. We identified three new partnerships in each of two recent meetings, and hope these will open up new opportunities, not only in areas that exactly match where we operate today, but also in some new associative areas that will expand our reach into new business sectors. Notably, thanks to the Exastack community we were invited on stage at last year's Oracle OpenWorld conference. Appearing so publically with Oracle senior VP Judson Althoff elevated awareness and visibility of cVidya and has enabled us to participate in a number of other events with Oracle over the past eight months. We've been involved in speaking opportunities, forums and exhibitions, providing us with invaluable opportunities that we wouldn't otherwise have got close to." How has Exastack differentiated cVidya as an ISV, and helped you to evolve your business to the next level? "When we are selling to our core customer base of Tier 1 telecommunications providers, we know that they want more than just software. They want an enduring partnership that will last many years, they want innovation, and a forward thinking partner who knows how to guide them on where they need to be to meet market demand three, five or seven years down the line. Membership of respected global bodies, such as the Telemanagement Forum enables us to lead standard adherence in our area of business, giving us a lot of credibility, but Oracle is also involved in this forum with its own telecommunications portfolio, strengthening our position still further. When we approach CEOs, CTOs and CIOs at the very largest Tier 1 operators, not only can we easily show them that our technology is fantastic, we can also talk about our strong partnership with Oracle, and our joint embracing of today's standards and tomorrow's innovation." Where would you like cVidya to be in one year's time? "We want to get all of our relevant products Oracle Exastack Optimized. Our MoneyMap Revenue Assurance solution is already Exastack Optimised, our DRMAP Data Retention Solution should be Exastack Optimised within the next month, and our FraudView Fraud Management solution within the next two to three months. We'd then like to extend our Oracle accreditation out to include other members of the Oracle Engineered Systems family. We are moving into the 'Big Data' space, and so we're obviously very keen to work closely with Oracle to conduct pilots, map new technologies onto Oracle Big Data platforms, and embrace and measure the benefits of other Oracle systems, namely Oracle Exalogic Elastic Cloud, the Oracle Exalytics In-Memory Machine and the Oracle SPARC SuperCluster. We would also like to examine how the Oracle Database Appliance might benefit our Tier 2 service provider customers. Finally, we'd also like to continue working with the Oracle Communications Global Business Unit (CGBU), furthering our integration with Oracle billing products so that we are able to quickly deploy fraud solutions into Oracle's Engineered System stack, give operational benefits to our clients that are pre-integrated, more cost-effective, and can be rapidly deployed rapidly and producing benefits in three months, not nine months." Chris Baker ,Senior Vice President, Oracle Worldwide ISV-OEM-Java Sales Chris Baker is the Global Head of ISV/OEM Sales responsible for working with ISV/OEM partners to maximise Oracle's business through those partners, whilst maximising those partners' business to their end users. Chris works with partners, customers, innovators, investors and employees to develop innovative business solutions using Oracle products, services and skills. Firstly, could you please explain Oracle's current strategy for ISV partners, globally and in EMEA? "Oracle customers use independent software vendor (ISV) applications to run their businesses. They use them to generate revenue and to fulfil obligations to their own customers. Our strategy is very straight-forward. We want all of our ISV partners and OEMs to concentrate on the things that they do the best – building applications to meet the unique industry and functional requirements of their customer. We want to ensure that we deliver a best in class application platform so the ISV is free to concentrate their effort on their application functionality and user experience We invest over four billion dollars in research and development every year, and we want our ISVs to benefit from all of that investment in operating systems, virtualisation, databases, middleware, engineered systems, and other hardware. By doing this, we help them to reduce their costs, gain more consistency and agility for quicker implementations, and also rapidly differentiate themselves from other application vendors. It's all about simplification because we believe that around 25 to 30 percent of the development costs incurred by many ISVs are caused by customising infrastructure and have nothing to do with their applications. Our strategy is to enable our ISV partners to standardise their application platform using engineered architecture, so they can write once to the Oracle stack and deploy seamlessly in the cloud, on-premise, or in hybrid deployments. It's really important that architecture is the same in order to keep cost and time overheads at a minimum, so we provide standardisation and an environment that enables our ISVs to concentrate on the core business that makes them the most money and brings them success." How do you believe this strategy is helping the ISVs to work hand-in-hand with Oracle to ensure that end customers get the industry-leading solutions that they need? "We work with our ISVs not just to help them be successful, but also to help them market themselves. We have something called the 'Oracle Exastack Ready Program', which enables ISVs to publicise themselves as 'Ready' to run the core software platforms that run on Oracle's engineered systems including Exadata and Exalogic. So, for example, they can become 'Database Ready' which means that they use the latest version of Oracle Database and therefore can run their application without modification on Exadata or the Oracle Database Appliance. Alternatively, they can become WebLogic Ready, Oracle Linux Ready and Oracle Solaris Ready which means they run on the latest release and therefore can run their application, with no new porting work, on Oracle Exalogic. Those 'Ready' logos are important in helping ISVs advertise to their customers that they are using the latest technologies which have been fully tested. We now also have Exadata Ready and Exalogic Ready programmes which allow ISVs to promote the certification of their applications on these platforms. This highlights these partners to Oracle customers as having solutions that run fluently on the Oracle Exadata Database Machine, the Oracle Exalogic Elastic Cloud or one of our other engineered systems. This makes it easy for customers to identify solutions and provides ISVs with an avenue to connect with Oracle customers who are rapidly adopting engineered systems. We have also taken this programme to the next level in the shape of 'Oracle Exastack Optimized' for partners whose applications run best on the Oracle stack and have invested the time to fully optimise application performance. We ensure that Exastack Optimized partner status is promoted and supported by press releases, and we help our ISVs go to market and differentiate themselves through the use our technology and the standardisation it delivers. To date we have had several hundred organisations successfully work through our Exastack Optimized programme." How does Oracle's strategy of offering pre-integrated open platform software and hardware allow ISVs to bring their products to market more quickly? "One of the problems for many ISVs is that they have to think very carefully about the technology on which their solutions will be deployed, particularly in the cloud or hosted environments. They have to think hard about how they secure these environments, whether the concern is, for example, middleware, identity management, or securing personal data. If they don't use the technology that we build-in to our products to help them to fulfil these roles, they then have to build it themselves. This takes time, requires testing, and must be maintained. By taking advantage of our technology, partners will now know that they have a standard platform. They will know that they can confidently talk about implementation being the same every time they do it. Very large ISV applications could once take a year or two to be implemented at an on-premise environment. But it wasn't just the configuration of the application that took the time, it was actually the infrastructure - the different hardware configurations, operating systems and configurations of databases and middleware. Now we strongly believe that it's all about standardisation and repeatability. It's about making sure that our partners can do it once and are then able to roll it out many different times using standard componentry." What actions would you recommend for existing ISV partners that are looking to do more business with Oracle and its customer base, not only to maximise benefits, but also to maximise partner relationships? "My team, around the world and in the EMEA region, is available and ready to talk to any of our ISVs and to explore the possibilities together. We run programmes like 'Excite' and 'Insight' to help us to understand how we can help ISVs with architecture and widen their environments. But we also want to work with, and look at, new opportunities - for example, the Machine-to-Machine (M2M) market or 'The Internet of Things'. Over the next few years, many millions, indeed billions of devices will be collecting massive amounts of data and communicating it back to the central systems where ISVs will be running their applications. The only way that our partners will be able to provide a single vendor 'end-to-end' solution is to use Oracle integrated systems at the back end and Java on the 'smart' devices collecting the data – a complete solution from device to data centre. So there are huge opportunities to work closely with our ISVs, using Oracle's complete M2M platform, to provide the infrastructure that enables them to extract maximum value from the data collected. If any partners don't know where to start or who to contact, then they can contact me directly at [email protected] or indeed any of our teams across the EMEA region. We want to work with ISVs to help them to be as successful as they possibly can through simplification and speed to market, and we also want all of the top ISVs in the world based on Oracle." What opportunities are immediately opened to new ISV partners joining the OPN? "As you know OPN is very, very important. New members will discover a huge amount of content that instantly becomes accessible to them. They can access a wealth of no-cost training and enablement materials to build their expertise in Oracle technology. They can download Oracle software and use it for development projects. They can help themselves become more competent by becoming part of a true community and uncovering new opportunities by working with Oracle and their peers in the Oracle Partner Network. As well as publishing massive amounts of information on OPN, we also hold our global Oracle OpenWorld event, at which partners play a huge role. This takes place at the end of September and the beginning of October in San Francisco. Attending ISV partners have an unrivalled opportunity to contribute to elements such as the OpenWorld / OPN Exchange, at which they can talk to other partners and really begin thinking about how they can move their businesses on and play key roles in a very large ecosystem which revolves around technology and standardisation." Finally, are there any other messages that you would like to share with the Oracle ISV community? "The crucial message that I always like to reinforce is architecture, architecture and architecture! The key opportunities that ISVs have today revolve around standardising their architectures so that they can confidently think: “I will I be able to do exactly the same thing whenever a customer is looking to deploy on-premise, hosted or in the cloud”. The right architecture is critical to being competitive and to really start changing the game. We want to help our ISV partners to do just that; to establish standard architecture and to seize the opportunities it opens up for them. New market opportunities like M2M are enormous - just look at how many devices are all around you right now. We can help our partners to interface with these devices more effectively while thinking about their entire ecosystem, rather than just the piece that they have traditionally focused upon. With standardised architecture, we can help people dramatically improve their speed, reach, agility and delivery of enhanced customer satisfaction and value all the way from the Java side to their centralised systems. All Oracle ISV partners must take advantage of these opportunities, which is why Oracle will continue to invest in and support them." -- Gergely Strbik is Oracle Hardware and Software Product Manager for Avnet in Hungary. Avnet Technology Solutions is an OracleValue Added Distributor focused on the development of the existing Oracle channel. This includes the recruitment and enablement of Oracle partners as well as driving deeper adoption of Oracle's technology and application products within the IT channel. "The main business benefits of ODA for our customers and partners are scalability, flexibility, a great price point for the high performance delivered, and the easily configurable embedded Linux operating system. People welcome a lower point of entry and the ability to grow capacity on demand as their business expands." "Marketing and selling the ODA requires another way of thinking because it is an appliance. We have to transform the ways in which our partners and customers think from buying hardware and software independently to buying complete solutions. Successful early adopters and satisfied customer reactions will certainly help us to sell the ODA. We will have more experience with the product after the first deliveries and installations—end users need to see the power and benefits for themselves." "Our typical ODA customers will be those looking for complete solutions from a single reseller partner who is also able to manage the appliance. They will have enjoyed using Oracle Database but now want a new product that is able to unlock new levels of performance. A higher proportion of potential customers will come from our existing Oracle base, with around 30% from new business, but we intend to evangelise the ODA on the market to see how we can change this balance as all our customers adjust to the concept of 'Hardware and Software, Engineered to Work Together'. -- Back to the welcome page

    Read the article

  • How to shoot yourself in the foot (DO NOT Read in the office)

    - by TATWORTH
    Originally posted on: http://geekswithblogs.net/TATWORTH/archive/2013/06/21/how-to-shoot-yourself-in-the-foot-do-not-read.aspxLet me make it absolutely clear - the following is:merely collated by your Geek from http://www.codeproject.com/Lounge.aspx?msg=3917012#xx3917012xxvery, very very funny so you read it in the presence of others at your own riskso here is the list - you have been warned!C You shoot yourself in the foot.   C++ You accidently create a dozen instances of yourself and shoot them all in the foot. Providing emergency medical assistance is impossible since you can't tell which are bitwise copies and which are just pointing at others and saying "That's me, over there."   FORTRAN You shoot yourself in each toe, iteratively, until you run out of toes, then you read in the next foot and repeat. If you run out of bullets, you continue anyway because you have no exception-handling facility.   Modula-2 After realizing that you can't actually accomplish anything in this language, you shoot yourself in the head.   COBOL USEing a COLT 45 HANDGUN, AIM gun at LEG.FOOT, THEN place ARM.HAND.FINGER on HANDGUN.TRIGGER and SQUEEZE. THEN return HANDGUN to HOLSTER. CHECK whether shoelace needs to be retied.   Lisp You shoot yourself in the appendage which holds the gun with which you shoot yourself in the appendage which holds the gun with which you shoot yourself in the appendage which holds...   BASIC Shoot yourself in the foot with a water pistol. On big systems, continue until entire lower body is waterlogged.   Forth Foot yourself in the shoot.   APL You shoot yourself in the foot; then spend all day figuring out how to do it in fewer characters.   Pascal The compiler won't let you shoot yourself in the foot.   Snobol If you succeed, shoot yourself in the left foot. If you fail, shoot yourself in the right foot.   HyperTalk Put the first bullet of the gun into foot left of leg of you. Answer the result.   Prolog You tell your program you want to be shot in the foot. The program figures out how to do it, but the syntax doesn't allow it to explain.   370 JCL You send your foot down to MIS with a 4000-page document explaining how you want it to be shot. Three years later, your foot comes back deep-fried.   FORTRAN-77 You shoot yourself in each toe, iteratively, until you run out of toes, then you read in the next foot and repeat. If you run out of bullets, you continue anyway because you still can't do exception-processing.   Modula-2 (alternative) You perform a shooting on what might be currently a foot with what might be currently a bullet shot by what might currently be a gun.   BASIC (compiled) You shoot yourself in the foot with a BB using a SCUD missile launcher.   Visual Basic You'll really only appear to have shot yourself in the foot, but you'll have so much fun doing it that you won't care.   Forth (alternative) BULLET DUP3 * GUN LOAD FOOT AIM TRIGGER PULL BANG! EMIT DEAD IF DROP ROT THEN (This takes about five bytes of memory, executes in two to ten clock cycles on any processor and can be used to replace any existing function of the language as well as in any future words). (Welcome to bottom up programming - where you, too, can perform compiler pre-processing instead of writing code)   APL (alternative) You hear a gunshot and there's a hole in your foot, but you don't remember enough linear algebra to understand what happened. or @#&^$%&%^ foot   Pascal (alternative) Same as Modula-2 except that the bullet is not the right type for the gun and your hand is blown off.   Snobol (alternative) You grab your foot with your hand, then rewrite your hand to be a bullet. The act of shooting the original foot then changes your hand/bullet into yet another foot (a left foot).   Prolog (alternative) You attempt to shoot yourself in the foot, but the bullet, failing to find its mark, backtracks to the gun, which then explodes in your face.   COMAL You attempt to shoot yourself in the foot with a water pistol, but the bore is clogged, and the pressure build-up blows apart both the pistol and your hand. or draw_pistol aim_at_foot(left) pull_trigger hop(swearing)   Scheme As Lisp, but none of the other appendages are aware of this happening.   Algol You shoot yourself in the foot with a musket. The musket is aesthetically fascinating and the wound baffles the adolescent medic in the emergency room.   Ada If you are dumb enough to actually use this language, the United States Department of Defense will kidnap you, stand you up in front of a firing squad and tell the soldiers, "Shoot at the feet." or The Department of Defense shoots you in the foot after offering you a blindfold and a last cigarette. or After correctly packaging your foot, you attempt to concurrently load the gun, pull the trigger, scream and shoot yourself in the foot. When you try, however, you discover that your foot is of the wrong type. or After correctly packing your foot, you attempt to concurrently load the gun, pull the trigger, scream, and confidently aim at your foot knowing it is safe. However the cordite in the round does an Unchecked Conversion, fires and shoots you in the foot anyway.   Eiffel   You create a GUN object, two FOOT objects and a BULLET object. The GUN passes both the FOOT objects a reference to the BULLET. The FOOT objects increment their hole counts and forget about the BULLET. A little demon then drives a garbage truck over your feet and grabs the bullet (both of it) on the way. Smalltalk You spend so much time playing with the graphics and windowing system that your boss shoots you in the foot, takes away your workstation and makes you develop in COBOL on a character terminal. or You send the message shoot to gun, with selectors bullet and myFoot. A window pops up saying Gunpowder doesNotUnderstand: spark. After several fruitless hours spent browsing the methods for Trigger, FiringPin and IdealGas, you take the easy way out and create ShotFoot, a subclass of Foot with an additional instance variable bulletHole. Object Oriented Pascal You perform a shooting on what might currently be a foot with what might currently be a bullet fired from what might currently be a gun.   PL/I You consume all available system resources, including all the offline bullets. The Data Processing & Payroll Department doubles its size, triples its budget, acquires four new mainframes and drops the original one on your foot. Postscript foot bullets 6 locate loadgun aim gun shoot showpage or It takes the bullet ten minutes to travel from the gun to your foot, by which time you're long since gone out to lunch. The text comes out great, though.   PERL You stab yourself in the foot repeatedly with an incredibly large and very heavy Swiss Army knife. or You pick up the gun and begin to load it. The gun and your foot begin to grow to huge proportions and the world around you slows down, until the gun fires. It makes a tiny hole, which you don't feel. Assembly Language You crash the OS and overwrite the root disk. The system administrator arrives and shoots you in the foot. After a moment of contemplation, the administrator shoots himself in the foot and then hops around the room rabidly shooting at everyone in sight. or You try to shoot yourself in the foot only to discover you must first reinvent the gun, the bullet, and your foot.or The bullet travels to your foot instantly, but it took you three weeks to load the round and aim the gun.   BCPL You shoot yourself somewhere in the leg -- you can't get any finer resolution than that. Concurrent Euclid You shoot yourself in somebody else's foot.   Motif You spend days writing a UIL description of your foot, the trajectory, the bullet and the intricate scrollwork on the ivory handles of the gun. When you finally get around to pulling the trigger, the gun jams.   Powerbuilder While attempting to load the gun you discover that the LoadGun system function is buggy; as a work around you tape the bullet to the outside of the gun and unsuccessfully attempt to fire it with a nail. In frustration you club your foot with the butt of the gun and explain to your client that this approximates the functionality of shooting yourself in the foot and that the next version of Powerbuilder will fix it.   Standard ML By the time you get your code to typecheck, you're using a shoot to foot yourself in the gun.   MUMPS You shoot 583149 AK-47 teflon-tipped, hollow-point, armour-piercing bullets into even-numbered toes on odd-numbered feet of everyone in the building -- with one line of code. Three weeks later you shoot yourself in the head rather than try to modify that line.   Java You locate the Gun class, but discover that the Bullet class is abstract, so you extend it and write the missing part of the implementation. Then you implement the ShootAble interface for your foot, and recompile the Foot class. The interface lets the bullet call the doDamage method on the Foot, so the Foot can damage itself in the most effective way. Now you run the program, and call the doShoot method on the instance of the Gun class. First the Gun creates an instance of Bullet, which calls the doFire method on the Gun. The Gun calls the hit(Bullet) method on the Foot, and the instance of Bullet is passed to the Foot. But this causes an IllegalHitByBullet exception to be thrown, and you die.   Unix You shoot yourself in the foot or % ls foot.c foot.h foot.o toe.c toe.o % rm * .o rm: .o: No such file or directory % ls %   370 JCL (alternative) You shoot yourself in the head just thinking about it.   DOS JCL You first find the building you're in in the phone book, then find your office number in the corporate phone book. Then you have to write this down, then describe, in cubits, your exact location, in relation to the door (right hand side thereof). Then you need to write down the location of the gun (loading it is a proprietary utility), then you load it, and the COBOL program, and run them, and, with luck, it may be run tonight.   VMS   $ MOUNT/DENSITY=.45/LABEL=BULLET/MESSAGE="BYE" BULLET::BULLET$GUN SYS$BULLET $ SET GUN/LOAD/SAFETY=OFF/SIGHT=NONE/HAND=LEFT/CHAMBER=1/ACTION=AUTOMATIC/ LOG/ALL/FULL SYS$GUN_3$DUA3:[000000]GUN.GNU $ SHOOT/LOG/AUTO SYS$GUN SYS$SYSTEM:[FOOT]FOOT.FOOT   %DCL-W-ACTIMAGE, error activating image GUN -CLI-E-IMGNAME, image file $3$DUA240:[GUN]GUN.EXE;1 -IMGACT-F-NOTNATIVE, image is not an OpenVMS Alpha AXP image or %SYS-F-FTSHT, foot shot (fifty lines of traceback omitted) sh,csh, etc You can't remember the syntax for anything, so you spend five hours reading manual pages, then your foot falls asleep. You shoot the computer and switch to C.   Apple System 7 Double click the gun icon and a window giving a selection for guns, target areas, plus balloon help with medical remedies, and assorted sound effects. Click "shoot" button and a small bomb appears with note "Error of Type 1 has occurred."   Windows 3.1 Double click the gun icon and wait. Eventually a window opens giving a selection for guns, target areas, plus balloon help with medical remedies, and assorted sound effects. Click "shoot" button and a small box appears with note "Unable to open Shoot.dll, check that path is correct."   Windows 95 Your gun is not compatible with this OS and you must buy an upgrade and install it before you can continue. Then you will be informed that you don't have enough memory.   CP/M I remember when shooting yourself in the foot with a BB gun was a big deal.   DOS You finally found the gun, but can't locate the file with the foot for the life of you.   MSDOS You shoot yourself in the foot, but can unshoot yourself with add-on software.   Access You try to point the gun at your foot, but it shoots holes in all your Borland distribution diskettes instead.   Paradox Not only can you shoot yourself in the foot, your users can too.   dBase You squeeze the trigger, but the bullet moves so slowly that by the time your foot feels the pain, you've forgotten why you shot yourself anyway. or You buy a gun. Bullets are only available from another company and are promised to work so you buy them. Then you find out that the next version of the gun is the one scheduled to actually shoot bullets.   DBase IV, V1.0 You pull the trigger, but it turns out that the gun was a poorly designed hand grenade and the whole building blows up.   SQL You cut your foot off, send it out to a service bureau and when it returns, it has a hole in it but will no longer fit the attachment at the end of your leg. or Insert into Foot Select Bullet >From Gun.Hand Where Chamber = 'LOADED' And Trigger = 'PULLED'   Clipper You grab a bullet, get ready to insert it in the gun so that you can shoot yourself in the foot and discover that the gun that the bullets fits has not yet been built, but should be arriving in the mail _REAL_SOON_NOW_. Oracle The menus for coding foot_shooting have not been implemented yet and you can't do foot shooting in SQL.   English You put your foot in your mouth, then bite it off. (For those who don't know, English is a McDonnell Douglas/PICK query language which allegedly requires 110% of system resources to run happily.) Revelation [an implementation of the PICK Operating System] You'll be able to shoot yourself in the foot just as soon as you figure out what all these bullets are for.   FlagShip Starting at the top of your head, you aim the gun at yourself repeatedly until, half an hour later, the gun is finally pointing at your foot and you pull the trigger. A new foot with a hole in it appears but you can't work out how to get rid of the old one and your gun doesn't work anymore.   FidoNet You put your foot in your mouth, then echo it internationally.   PicoSpan [a UNIX-based computer conferencing system] You can't shoot yourself in the foot because you're not a host. or (host variation) Whenever you shoot yourself in the foot, someone opens a topic in policy about it.   Internet You put your foot in your mouth, shoot it, then spam the bullet so that everybody gets shot in the foot.   troff rmtroff -ms -Hdrwp | lpr -Pwp2 & .*place bullet in footer .B .NR FT +3i .in 4 .bu Shoot! .br .sp .in -4 .br .bp NR HD -2i .*   Genetic Algorithms You create 10,000 strings describing the best way to shoot yourself in the foot. By the time the program produces the optimal solution, humans have evolved wings and the problem is moot.   CSP (Communicating Sequential Processes) You only fail to shoot everything that isn't your foot.   MS-SQL Server MS-SQL Server’s gun comes pre-loaded with an unlimited supply of Teflon coated bullets, and it only has two discernible features: the muzzle and the trigger. If that wasn't enough, MS-SQL Server also puts the gun in your hand, applies local anesthetic to the skin of your forefinger and stitches it to the gun's trigger. Meanwhile, another process has set up a spinal block to numb your lower body. It will then proceeded to surgically remove your foot, cryogenically freeze it for preservation, and attach it to the muzzle of the gun so that no matter where you aim, you will shoot your foot. In order to avoid shooting yourself in the foot, you need to unstitch your trigger finger, remove your foot from the muzzle of the gun, and have it surgically reattached. Then you probably want to get some crutches and go out to buy a book on SQL Server Performance Tuning.   Sybase Sybase's gun requires assembly, and you need to go out and purchase your own clip and bullets to load the gun. Assembly is complicated by the fact that Sybase has hidden the gun behind a big stack of reference manuals, but it hasn't told you where that stack is. While you were off finding the gun, assembling it, buying bullets, etc., Sybase was also busy surgically removing your foot and cryogenically freezing it for preservation. Instead of attaching it to the muzzle of the gun, though, it packed your foot on dry ice and sent it UPS-Ground to an unnamed hookah bar somewhere in the middle east. In order to shoot your foot, you must modify your gun with a GPS system for targeting and hire some guy named "Indy" to find the hookah bar and wire the coordinates back to you. By this time, you've probably become so daunted at the tasks stand between you and shooting your foot that you hire a guy who's read all the books on Sybase to help you shoot your foot. If you're lucky, he'll be smart enough both to find your foot and to stop you from shooting it.   Magic software You spend 1 week looking up the correct syntax for GUN. When you find it, you realise that GUN will not let you shoot in your own foot. It will allow you to shoot almost anything but your foot. You then decide to build your own gun. You can't use the standard barrel since this will only allow for standard bullets, which will not fire if the barrel is pointed at your foot. After four weeks, you have created your own custom gun. It blows up in your hand without warning, because you failed to initialise the safety catch and it doesn't know whether the initial state is "0", 0, NULL, "ZERO", 0.0, 0,0, "0.0", or "0,00". You fix the problem with your remaining hand by nesting 12 safety catches, and then decide to build the gun without safety catch. You then shoot the management and retire to a happy life where you code in languages that will allow you to shoot your foot in under 10 days.FirefoxLets you shoot yourself in as many feet as you'd like, while using multiple great addons! IEA moving target in terms of standard ammunition size and doesn't always work properly with non-Microsoft ammunition, so sometimes you shoot something other than your foot. However, it's the corporate world's standard foot-shooting apparatus. Hackers seem to enjoy rigging websites up to trigger cascading foot-shooting failures. Windows 98 About the same as Windows 95 in terms of overall bullet capacity and triggering mechanisms. Includes updated DirectShot API. A new version was released later on to support USB guns, Windows 98 SE.WPF:You get your baseball glove and a ball and you head out to your backyard, where you throw balls to your pitchback. Then your unkempt-haired-cargo-shorts-and-sandals-with-white-socks-wearing neighbor uses XAML to sculpt your arm into a gun, the ball into a bullet and the pitchback into your foot. By now, however, only the neighbor can get it to work and he's only around from 6:30 PM - 3:30 AM. LOGO: You very carefully lay out the trajectory of the bullet. Then you start the gun, which fires very slowly. You walk precisely to the point where the bullet will travel and wait, but just before it gets to you, your class time is up and one of the other kids has already used the system to hack into Sony's PS3 network. Flash: Someone has designed a beautiful-looking gun that anyone can shoot their feet with for free. It weighs six hundred pounds. All kinds of people are shooting themselves in the feet, and sending the link to everyone else so that they can too. That is, except for the criminals, who are all stealing iOS devices that the gun won't work with.APL: Its (mostly) all greek to me. Lisp: Place ((gun in ((hand sight (foot then shoot))))) (Lots of Insipid Stupid Parentheses)Apple OS/X and iOS Once a year, Steve Jobs returns from sick leave to tell millions of unwavering fans how they will be able to shoot themselves in the foot differently this year. They retweet and blog about it ad nauseam, and wait in line to be the first to experience "shoot different".Windows ME Usually fails, even at shooting you in the foot. Yo dawg, I heard you like shooting yourself in the foot. So I put a gun in your gun, so you can shoot yourself in the foot while you shoot yourself in the foot. (Okay, I'm not especially proud of this joke.) Windows 2000 Now you really do have to log in, before you are allowed to shoot yourself in the foot.Windows XPYou thought you learned your lesson: Don't use Windows ME. Then, along came this new creature, built on top of Windows NT! So you spend the next couple days installing antivirus software, patches and service packs, just so you can get that driver to install, and then proceed to shoot yourself in the foot. Windows Vista Newer! Glossier! Shootier! Windows 7 The bullets come out a lot smoother. Active Directory Each bullet now has an attached Bullet Identifier, and can be uniquely identified. Policies can be applied to dictate fragmentation, and the gun will occasionally have a confusing delay after the trigger has been pulled. PythonYou try to use import foot; foot.shoot() only to realize that's only available in 3.0, to which you can't yet upgrade from 2.7 because of all those extension libs lacking support. Solaris Shoots best when used on SPARC hardware, but still runs the trigger GUI under Java. After weeks of learning the appropriate STOP command to prevent the trigger from automatically being pressed on boot, you think you've got it under control. Then the one time you ever use dtrace, it hits a bug that fires the gun. MySQL The feature that allows you to shoot yourself in the foot has been in development for about 6 years, and they are adding it into the next version, which is coming out REAL SOON NOW, promise! But you can always check it out of source control and try it yourself (just not in any environment where data integrity is important because it will probably explode.) PostgreSQLAllows you to have a smug look on your face while you shoot yourself in the foot, because those MySQL guys STILL don't have that feature. NoSQL Barrel? Who needs a barrel? Just put the bullet on your foot, and strike it with a hammer. See? It's so much simpler and more efficient that way. You can even strike multiple bullets in one swing if you swing with a good enough arc, because hammers are easy to use. Getting them to synchronize is a little difficult, though.Eclipse There are about a dozen different packages for shooting yourself in the foot, with weird interdependencies on outdated components. Once you finally navigate the morass and get one installed, you then have something to look at while you shoot yourself in the foot with that package: You can watch the screen redraw.Outlook Makes it really easy to let everyone know you shot yourself in the foot!Shooting yourself in the foot using delegates.You really need to shoot yourself in the foot but you hate firearms (you don't want any dependency on the specifics of shooting) so you delegate it to somebody else. You don't care how it is done as long is shooting your foot. You can do it asynchronously in case you know you may faint so you are called back/slapped in the face by your shooter/friend (or background worker) when everything is done.C#You prepare the gun and the bullet, carefully modeling all of the physics of a bullet traveling through a foot. Just before you're about to pull the trigger, you stumble on System.Windows.BodyParts.Foot.ShootAt(System.Windows.Firearms.IGun gun) in the extended framework, realize you just wasted the entire afternoon, and shoot yourself in the head.PHP<?phprequire("foot_safety_check.php");?><!DOCTYPE HTML><html><head> <!--Lower!--><title>Shooting me in the foot</title></head> <body> <!--LOWER!!!--><leg> <!--OK, I made this one up...--><footer><?php echo (dungSift($_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT'], "ie"))?("Your foot is safe, but you might want to wear a hard hat!"):("<div class=\"shot\">BANG!</div>"); ?></footer></leg> </body> </html>

    Read the article

  • What pseudo-operators exist in Perl 5?

    - by Chas. Owens
    I am currently documenting all of Perl 5's operators (see the perlopref GitHub project) and I have decided to include Perl 5's pseudo-operators as well. To me, a pseudo-operator in Perl is anything that looks like an operator, but is really more than one operator or a some other piece of syntax. I have documented the four I am familiar with already: ()= the countof operator =()= the goatse/countof operator ~~ the scalar context operator }{ the Eskimo-kiss operator What other names exist for these pseudo-operators, and do you know of any pseudo-operators I have missed? =head1 Pseudo-operators There are idioms in Perl 5 that appear to be operators, but are really a combination of several operators or pieces of syntax. These pseudo-operators have the precedence of the constituent parts. =head2 ()= X =head3 Description This pseudo-operator is the list assignment operator (aka the countof operator). It is made up of two items C<()>, and C<=>. In scalar context it returns the number of items in the list X. In list context it returns an empty list. It is useful when you have something that returns a list and you want to know the number of items in that list and don't care about the list's contents. It is needed because the comma operator returns the last item in the sequence rather than the number of items in the sequence when it is placed in scalar context. It works because the assignment operator returns the number of items available to be assigned when its left hand side has list context. In the following example there are five values in the list being assigned to the list C<($x, $y, $z)>, so C<$count> is assigned C<5>. my $count = my ($x, $y, $z) = qw/a b c d e/; The empty list (the C<()> part of the pseudo-operator) triggers this behavior. =head3 Example sub f { return qw/a b c d e/ } my $count = ()= f(); #$count is now 5 my $string = "cat cat dog cat"; my $cats = ()= $string =~ /cat/g; #$cats is now 3 print scalar( ()= f() ), "\n"; #prints "5\n" =head3 See also L</X = Y> and L</X =()= Y> =head2 X =()= Y This pseudo-operator is often called the goatse operator for reasons better left unexamined; it is also called the list assignment or countof operator. It is made up of three items C<=>, C<()>, and C<=>. When X is a scalar variable, the number of items in the list Y is returned. If X is an array or a hash it it returns an empty list. It is useful when you have something that returns a list and you want to know the number of items in that list and don't care about the list's contents. It is needed because the comma operator returns the last item in the sequence rather than the number of items in the sequence when it is placed in scalar context. It works because the assignment operator returns the number of items available to be assigned when its left hand side has list context. In the following example there are five values in the list being assigned to the list C<($x, $y, $z)>, so C<$count> is assigned C<5>. my $count = my ($x, $y, $z) = qw/a b c d e/; The empty list (the C<()> part of the pseudo-operator) triggers this behavior. =head3 Example sub f { return qw/a b c d e/ } my $count =()= f(); #$count is now 5 my $string = "cat cat dog cat"; my $cats =()= $string =~ /cat/g; #$cats is now 3 =head3 See also L</=> and L</()=> =head2 ~~X =head3 Description This pseudo-operator is named the scalar context operator. It is made up of two bitwise negation operators. It provides scalar context to the expression X. It works because the first bitwise negation operator provides scalar context to X and performs a bitwise negation of the result; since the result of two bitwise negations is the original item, the value of the original expression is preserved. With the addition of the Smart match operator, this pseudo-operator is even more confusing. The C<scalar> function is much easier to understand and you are encouraged to use it instead. =head3 Example my @a = qw/a b c d/; print ~~@a, "\n"; #prints 4 =head3 See also L</~X>, L</X ~~ Y>, and L<perlfunc/scalar> =head2 X }{ Y =head3 Description This pseudo-operator is called the Eskimo-kiss operator because it looks like two faces touching noses. It is made up of an closing brace and an opening brace. It is used when using C<perl> as a command-line program with the C<-n> or C<-p> options. It has the effect of running X inside of the loop created by C<-n> or C<-p> and running Y at the end of the program. It works because the closing brace closes the loop created by C<-n> or C<-p> and the opening brace creates a new bare block that is closed by the loop's original ending. You can see this behavior by using the L<B::Deparse> module. Here is the command C<perl -ne 'print $_;'> deparsed: LINE: while (defined($_ = <ARGV>)) { print $_; } Notice how the original code was wrapped with the C<while> loop. Here is the deparsing of C<perl -ne '$count++ if /foo/; }{ print "$count\n"'>: LINE: while (defined($_ = <ARGV>)) { ++$count if /foo/; } { print "$count\n"; } Notice how the C<while> loop is closed by the closing brace we added and the opening brace starts a new bare block that is closed by the closing brace that was originally intended to close the C<while> loop. =head3 Example # count unique lines in the file FOO perl -nle '$seen{$_}++ }{ print "$_ => $seen{$_}" for keys %seen' FOO # sum all of the lines until the user types control-d perl -nle '$sum += $_ }{ print $sum' =head3 See also L<perlrun> and L<perlsyn> =cut

    Read the article

  • Memory limit for running external executables within Asp.net

    - by itsbalur
    I am using WkhtmltoPdf in my C# web application running in .NET 4.0 to generate PDFs from HTML files. In general everything works fine except when the size of the HTML file is below 250KB. Once the HTML file size increases beyond that, the process which runs the wkhtmltopdf.exe gives an exception as below. On the Task Manager, I have seen that the Memory value for the wkhtmltopdf.exe process does not increase beyond a value of 40,096 K, which I believe is the reason why the process is abandoned in between. How can we configure such that the memory limit for external exes can be increased? Is there any other way of solving this issue? More info: When I run the conversion from the command line directly, the PDF is generated fine. So, its unlikely to be a problem with WkhtmlToPdf. The error is from localhost. I have tried the same on the DEV server, with the same result. Exception: > [Exception: Loading pages (1/6) [> > ] 0% [======> ] > 10% [======> ] 11% > [=======> ] 13% > [=========> ] 15% > [==========> ] 18% > [============> ] 20% > [=============> ] 22% > [==============> ] 24% > [===============> ] 26% > [=================> ] 29% > [==================> ] 31% > [===================> ] 33% > [=====================> ] 35% > [======================> ] 37% > [========================> ] 40% > [=========================> ] 42% > [==========================> ] 44% > [============================> ] 47% > [=============================> ] 49% > [==============================> ] 51% > [============================================================] 100% > Counting pages (2/6) > [============================================================] Object > 1 of 1 Resolving links (4/6) > [============================================================] Object > 1 of 1 Loading headers and footers (5/6) > Printing pages (6/6) [> > ] Preparing [=> > ] Page 1 of 49 [==> > ] Page 2 of 49 [===> > ] Page 3 of 49 [====> > ] Page 4 of 49 [======> > ] Page 5 of 49 [=======> > ] Page 6 of 49 [========> > ] Page 7 of 49 [=========> > ] Page 8 of 49 [==========> > ] Page 9 of 49 [============> > ] Page 10 of 49 [=============> > ] Page 11 of 49 [==============> > ] Page 12 of 49 [===============> > ] Page 13 of 49 [================> > ] Page 14 of 49 [==================> > ] Page 15 of 49 [===================> > ] Page 16 of 49 [====================> > ] Page 17 of 49 [=====================> > ] Page 18 of 49 [======================> > ] Page 19 of 49 [========================> > ] Page 20 of 49 [=========================> > ] Page 21 of 49 [==========================> > ] Page 22 of 49 [===========================> > ] Page 23 of 49 [============================> > ] Page 24 of 49 [==============================> > ] Page 25 of 49 [===============================> > ] Page 26 of 49 [=================================> > ] Page 27 of 49 [==================================> > ] Code that I use: var fileName = " - "; var wkhtmlDir = ConfigurationManager.AppSettings[Constants.AppSettings.ExportToPdfExecutablePath]; var wkhtml = ConfigurationManager.AppSettings[Constants.AppSettings.ExportToPdfExecutablePath] + "\\wkhtmltopdf.exe"; var p = new Process(); string switches = ""; switches += "--print-media-type "; switches += "--margin-top 10mm --margin-bottom 10mm --margin-right 5mm --margin-left 5mm "; switches += "--page-size A4 "; switches += "--disable-smart-shrinking "; var startInfo = new ProcessStartInfo { CreateNoWindow = true, FileName = wkhtml, Arguments = switches + " " + url + " " + fileName, UseShellExecute = false, RedirectStandardOutput = true, RedirectStandardError = true, RedirectStandardInput=true, WorkingDirectory=wkhtmlDir }; p.StartInfo = startInfo; p.Start();

    Read the article

  • Little more help with writing a o buffer with libjpeg

    - by Richard Knop
    So I have managed to find another question discussing how to use the libjpeg to compress an image to jpeg. I have found this code which is supposed to work: Compressing IplImage to JPEG using libjpeg in OpenCV Here's the code (it compiles ok): /* This a custom destination manager for jpeglib that enables the use of memory to memory compression. See IJG documentation for details. */ typedef struct { struct jpeg_destination_mgr pub; /* base class */ JOCTET* buffer; /* buffer start address */ int bufsize; /* size of buffer */ size_t datasize; /* final size of compressed data */ int* outsize; /* user pointer to datasize */ int errcount; /* counts up write errors due to buffer overruns */ } memory_destination_mgr; typedef memory_destination_mgr* mem_dest_ptr; /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* MEMORY DESTINATION INTERFACE METHODS */ /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This function is called by the library before any data gets written */ METHODDEF(void) init_destination (j_compress_ptr cinfo) { mem_dest_ptr dest = (mem_dest_ptr)cinfo->dest; dest->pub.next_output_byte = dest->buffer; /* set destination buffer */ dest->pub.free_in_buffer = dest->bufsize; /* input buffer size */ dest->datasize = 0; /* reset output size */ dest->errcount = 0; /* reset error count */ } /* This function is called by the library if the buffer fills up I just reset destination pointer and buffer size here. Note that this behavior, while preventing seg faults will lead to invalid output streams as data is over- written. */ METHODDEF(boolean) empty_output_buffer (j_compress_ptr cinfo) { mem_dest_ptr dest = (mem_dest_ptr)cinfo->dest; dest->pub.next_output_byte = dest->buffer; dest->pub.free_in_buffer = dest->bufsize; ++dest->errcount; /* need to increase error count */ return TRUE; } /* Usually the library wants to flush output here. I will calculate output buffer size here. Note that results become incorrect, once empty_output_buffer was called. This situation is notified by errcount. */ METHODDEF(void) term_destination (j_compress_ptr cinfo) { mem_dest_ptr dest = (mem_dest_ptr)cinfo->dest; dest->datasize = dest->bufsize - dest->pub.free_in_buffer; if (dest->outsize) *dest->outsize += (int)dest->datasize; } /* Override the default destination manager initialization provided by jpeglib. Since we want to use memory-to-memory compression, we need to use our own destination manager. */ GLOBAL(void) jpeg_memory_dest (j_compress_ptr cinfo, JOCTET* buffer, int bufsize, int* outsize) { mem_dest_ptr dest; /* first call for this instance - need to setup */ if (cinfo->dest == 0) { cinfo->dest = (struct jpeg_destination_mgr *) (*cinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) cinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, sizeof (memory_destination_mgr)); } dest = (mem_dest_ptr) cinfo->dest; dest->bufsize = bufsize; dest->buffer = buffer; dest->outsize = outsize; /* set method callbacks */ dest->pub.init_destination = init_destination; dest->pub.empty_output_buffer = empty_output_buffer; dest->pub.term_destination = term_destination; } /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* MEMORY SOURCE INTERFACE METHODS */ /* ------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* Called before data is read */ METHODDEF(void) init_source (j_decompress_ptr dinfo) { /* nothing to do here, really. I mean. I'm not lazy or something, but... we're actually through here. */ } /* Called if the decoder wants some bytes that we cannot provide... */ METHODDEF(boolean) fill_input_buffer (j_decompress_ptr dinfo) { /* we can't do anything about this. This might happen if the provided buffer is either invalid with regards to its content or just a to small bufsize has been given. */ /* fail. */ return FALSE; } /* From IJG docs: "it's not clear that being smart is worth much trouble" So I save myself some trouble by ignoring this bit. */ METHODDEF(void) skip_input_data (j_decompress_ptr dinfo, INT32 num_bytes) { /* There might be more data to skip than available in buffer. This clearly is an error, so screw this mess. */ if ((size_t)num_bytes > dinfo->src->bytes_in_buffer) { dinfo->src->next_input_byte = 0; /* no buffer byte */ dinfo->src->bytes_in_buffer = 0; /* no input left */ } else { dinfo->src->next_input_byte += num_bytes; dinfo->src->bytes_in_buffer -= num_bytes; } } /* Finished with decompression */ METHODDEF(void) term_source (j_decompress_ptr dinfo) { /* Again. Absolute laziness. Nothing to do here. Boring. */ } GLOBAL(void) jpeg_memory_src (j_decompress_ptr dinfo, unsigned char* buffer, size_t size) { struct jpeg_source_mgr* src; /* first call for this instance - need to setup */ if (dinfo->src == 0) { dinfo->src = (struct jpeg_source_mgr *) (*dinfo->mem->alloc_small) ((j_common_ptr) dinfo, JPOOL_PERMANENT, sizeof (struct jpeg_source_mgr)); } src = dinfo->src; src->next_input_byte = buffer; src->bytes_in_buffer = size; src->init_source = init_source; src->fill_input_buffer = fill_input_buffer; src->skip_input_data = skip_input_data; src->term_source = term_source; /* IJG recommend to use their function - as I don't know **** about how to do better, I follow this recommendation */ src->resync_to_restart = jpeg_resync_to_restart; } All I need to do is replace the jpeg_stdio_dest in my program with this code: int numBytes = 0; //size of jpeg after compression char * storage = new char[150000]; //storage buffer JOCTET *jpgbuff = (JOCTET*)storage; //JOCTET pointer to buffer jpeg_memory_dest(&cinfo,jpgbuff,150000,&numBytes); So I need some help to incorporate the above four lines into this function which now works but writes to a file instead of a memory: int write_jpeg_file( char *filename ) { struct jpeg_compress_struct cinfo; struct jpeg_error_mgr jerr; /* this is a pointer to one row of image data */ JSAMPROW row_pointer[1]; FILE *outfile = fopen( filename, "wb" ); if ( !outfile ) { printf("Error opening output jpeg file %s\n!", filename ); return -1; } cinfo.err = jpeg_std_error( &jerr ); jpeg_create_compress(&cinfo); jpeg_stdio_dest(&cinfo, outfile); /* Setting the parameters of the output file here */ cinfo.image_width = width; cinfo.image_height = height; cinfo.input_components = bytes_per_pixel; cinfo.in_color_space = color_space; /* default compression parameters, we shouldn't be worried about these */ jpeg_set_defaults( &cinfo ); /* Now do the compression .. */ jpeg_start_compress( &cinfo, TRUE ); /* like reading a file, this time write one row at a time */ while( cinfo.next_scanline < cinfo.image_height ) { row_pointer[0] = &raw_image[ cinfo.next_scanline * cinfo.image_width * cinfo.input_components]; jpeg_write_scanlines( &cinfo, row_pointer, 1 ); } /* similar to read file, clean up after we're done compressing */ jpeg_finish_compress( &cinfo ); jpeg_destroy_compress( &cinfo ); fclose( outfile ); /* success code is 1! */ return 1; } Anybody could help me out a bit with it? I've tried meddling with it but I am not sure how to do it. I I just replace this line: jpeg_stdio_dest(&cinfo, outfile); It's not going to work. There is more stuff that needs to be changed a bit in that function and I am being a little lost from all those pointers and memory management.

    Read the article

  • Git apache : unable to push via http

    - by GlinesMome
    I have to setup a server which can allow http vcs management (such as git and svn). svn support works well, but I have some trouble with git. Actual configuration: CentOS 5 Apache 2.2.8 Git 1.7.4.1 The /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf content: ServerTokens OS ServerRoot "/etc/httpd" PidFile run/httpd.pid Timeout 120 KeepAlive On MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 KeepAliveTimeout 10 <IfModule prefork.c> StartServers 8 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 20 ServerLimit 256 MaxClients 256 MaxRequestsPerChild 4000 </IfModule> <IfModule worker.c> StartServers 2 MaxClients 150 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> Listen 80 LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so LoadModule suexec_module modules/mod_suexec.so LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so LoadModule mysql_auth_module modules/mod_auth_mysql.so LoadModule passenger_module /usr/lib/ruby/gems/1.8/gems/passenger-3.0.2/ext/apache2/mod_passenger.so PassengerRoot /usr/lib/ruby/gems/1.8/gems/passenger-3.0.2 PassengerRuby /usr/bin/ruby Include conf.d/*.conf User apache Group apache ServerAdmin aedi.admin@domain ServerName s1.domain UseCanonicalName Off DocumentRoot "/data/www/" <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None </Directory> <Directory "/data/www/"> Options -Indexes FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> <IfModule mod_userdir.c> UserDir disable </IfModule> DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var AccessFileName .htaccess <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all </Files> TypesConfig /etc/mime.types DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mod_mime_magic.c> MIMEMagicFile conf/magic </IfModule> HostnameLookups Off ErrorLog logs/error_log LogLevel warn LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent CustomLog logs/access_log combined ServerSignature On Alias /icons/ "/var/www/icons/" <Directory "/var/www/icons"> Options Indexes MultiViews AllowOverride None Order allow,deny Allow from all </IfModule> </Directory> <IfModule mod_dav_fs.c> DAVLockDB /var/lib/dav/lockdb ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/var/www/cgi-bin/" <Directory "/var/www/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort NameWidth=* HTMLTable AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/* AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/* AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/* AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/* AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif core AddIcon /icons/back.gif .. AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^ AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^ DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif ReadmeName README.html HeaderName HEADER.html AddLanguage ca .ca AddLanguage cs .cz .cs AddLanguage da .dk AddLanguage de .de AddLanguage el .el AddLanguage en .en AddLanguage eo .eo AddLanguage es .es AddLanguage et .et AddLanguage fr .fr AddLanguage he .he AddLanguage hr .hr AddLanguage it .it AddLanguage ja .ja AddLanguage ko .ko AddLanguage ltz .ltz AddLanguage nl .nl AddLanguage nn .nn AddLanguage no .no AddLanguage pl .po AddLanguage pt .pt AddLanguage pt-BR .pt-br AddLanguage ru .ru AddLanguage sv .sv AddLanguage zh-CN .zh-cn AddLanguage zh-TW .zh-tw LanguagePriority en ca cs da de el eo es et fr he hr it ja ko ltz nl nn no pl pt pt-BR ru sv zh-CN zh-TW ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback AddDefaultCharset UTF-8 AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz AddHandler type-map var AddType text/html .shtml AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml Alias /error/ "/var/www/error/" <IfModule mod_negotiation.c> <IfModule mod_include.c> <Directory "/var/www/error"> AllowOverride None Options IncludesNoExec AddOutputFilter Includes html AddHandler type-map var Order allow,deny Allow from all LanguagePriority en es de fr ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback </Directory> </IfModule> </IfModule> BrowserMatch "Mozilla/2" nokeepalive BrowserMatch "MSIE 4\.0b2;" nokeepalive downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "RealPlayer 4\.0" force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "Java/1\.0" force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "JDK/1\.0" force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "Microsoft Data Access Internet Publishing Provider" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "MS FrontPage" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^WebDrive" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^WebDAVFS/1.[0123]" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^gnome-vfs/1.0" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^XML Spy" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^Dreamweaver-WebDAV-SCM1" redirect-carefully NameVirtualHost *:80 NameVirtualHost *:443 <VirtualHost *:80> DocumentRoot /data/www/s1/html ServerName s1.asso.domain ErrorLog logs/s1.error.log </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> DocumentRoot /data/www/s2/old ServerName s2.domain ErrorLog logs/s2.error.log RailsBaseURI /blog <Directory /data/www/s2/html/blog> Options -MultiViews </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> DocumentRoot /data/www/s2/html ServerName s2.domain ErrorLog logs/s2.error.log RailsBaseURI /blog <Directory /data/www/s2/html/blog> Options -MultiViews </Directory> </VirtualHost> The /etc/httpd/conf.d/git.conf content: Alias /git /data/www/s2/git <Directory /data/www/s2/git> Options +Indexes DAV on SSLRequireSSL </Directory> Fine, every repository are created by the same way: git --bare init "$1.git" && cd "$1.git" && git update-server-info && chmod -R 770 . && cd .. && git clone `pwd`/"$1.git" && cd "$1" && echo 42 > answer && git add . && git commit -m "Initial commit" && git push origin master && git rm answer && git commit -a -m "Clean repository" && git push && cd .. && rm -Rf "$1" Then, on the client side, I try: ~ $ git clone https://s2.domain/git/repo.git Cloning into 'repo'... warning: You appear to have cloned an empty repository. ~ $ cd repo repo $ echo 42 > answer && git add . && git commit -m "init" && git push origin master [master (root-commit) a2aadb1] init 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) create mode 100644 answer Fetching remote heads... refs/ refs/heads/ refs/tags/ updating 'refs/heads/master' from 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 to a2aadb1772e12104ce358f7ff9a11db5d93ead7d sending 3 objects MOVE d81cc0710eb6cf9efd5b920a8453e1e07157b6cd failed, aborting (22/502) MOVE 2c186ad49fa24695512df5e41cb5e6f2d33c119b failed, aborting (22/502) MOVE a2aadb1772e12104ce358f7ff9a11db5d93ead7d failed, aborting (22/502) Updating remote server info fatal: git-http-push failed The apache associated logs: my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:19 +0200] "GET /git/repo.git/info/refs?service=git-upload-pack HTTP/1.1" 200 - "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:19 +0200] "GET /git/repo.git/HEAD HTTP/1.1" 200 23 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:48 +0200] "GET /git/repo.git/info/refs?service=git-receive-pack HTTP/1.1" 200 - "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "GET /git/repo.git/HEAD HTTP/1.1" 200 23 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PROPFIND /git/repo.git/ HTTP/1.1" 207 569 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "HEAD /git/repo.git/info/refs HTTP/1.1" 200 - "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "HEAD /git/repo.git/objects/info/packs HTTP/1.1" 200 - "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "MKCOL /git/repo.git/info/ HTTP/1.1" 405 336 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "LOCK /git/repo.git/info/refs HTTP/1.1" 200 475 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "GET /git/repo.git/objects/info/packs HTTP/1.1" 200 1 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PROPFIND /git/repo.git/refs/ HTTP/1.1" 207 2608 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PROPFIND /git/repo.git/refs/heads/ HTTP/1.1" 207 941 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PROPFIND /git/repo.git/refs/tags/ HTTP/1.1" 207 940 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "MKCOL /git/repo.git/refs/ HTTP/1.1" 405 336 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "MKCOL /git/repo.git/refs/heads/ HTTP/1.1" 405 342 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "LOCK /git/repo.git/refs/heads/master HTTP/1.1" 200 475 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PROPFIND /git/repo.git/objects/a2/ HTTP/1.1" 404 317 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PROPFIND /git/repo.git/objects/2c/ HTTP/1.1" 207 4565 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PROPFIND /git/repo.git/objects/d8/ HTTP/1.1" 207 4565 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PUT /git/repo.git/objects/d8/1cc0710eb6cf9efd5b920a8453e1e07157b6cd_20ca3a58daa09e54112968cbd4e86580b6301074 HTTP/1.1" 201 373 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "MKCOL /git/repo.git/objects/a2/ HTTP/1.1" 201 296 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PUT /git/repo.git/objects/2c/186ad49fa24695512df5e41cb5e6f2d33c119b_20ca3a58daa09e54112968cbd4e86580b6301074 HTTP/1.1" 201 373 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "MOVE /git/repo.git/objects/d8/1cc0710eb6cf9efd5b920a8453e1e07157b6cd_20ca3a58daa09e54112968cbd4e86580b6301074 HTTP/1.1" 502 341 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "MOVE /git/repo.git/objects/2c/186ad49fa24695512df5e41cb5e6f2d33c119b_20ca3a58daa09e54112968cbd4e86580b6301074 HTTP/1.1" 502 341 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PUT /git/repo.git/objects/a2/aadb1772e12104ce358f7ff9a11db5d93ead7d_20ca3a58daa09e54112968cbd4e86580b6301074 HTTP/1.1" 201 373 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "MOVE /git/repo.git/objects/a2/aadb1772e12104ce358f7ff9a11db5d93ead7d_20ca3a58daa09e54112968cbd4e86580b6301074 HTTP/1.1" 502 341 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "UNLOCK /git/repo.git/refs/heads/master HTTP/1.1" 204 - "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PROPFIND /git/repo.git/refs/ HTTP/1.1" 207 2608 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PROPFIND /git/repo.git/refs/heads/ HTTP/1.1" 207 941 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "PROPFIND /git/repo.git/refs/tags/ HTTP/1.1" 207 940 "-" "git/1.7.11.4" my.ip - - [21/Sep/2012:16:19:49 +0200] "UNLOCK /git/repo.git/info/refs HTTP/1.1" 204 - "-" "git/1.7.11.4" I have tried many configurations (even smart http from progit), but a major part of them consider the fact that they have a dedicated domain, but I'm in a sub-directory, so I can't apply these examples. Have you got an idea of the problem? have you got solutions? have you got configuration example with non-root directory? For your help, In advance, Thanks.

    Read the article

  • What's New in ASP.NET 4

    - by Navaneeth
    The .NET Framework version 4 includes enhancements for ASP.NET 4 in targeted areas. Visual Studio 2010 and Microsoft Visual Web Developer Express also include enhancements and new features for improved Web development. This document provides an overview of many of the new features that are included in the upcoming release. This topic contains the following sections: ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET Web Forms ASP.NET MVC Dynamic Data ASP.NET Chart Control Visual Web Developer Enhancements Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET 4 introduces many features that improve core ASP.NET services such as output caching and session state storage. Extensible Output Caching Since the time that ASP.NET 1.0 was released, output caching has enabled developers to store the generated output of pages, controls, and HTTP responses in memory. On subsequent Web requests, ASP.NET can serve content more quickly by retrieving the generated output from memory instead of regenerating the output from scratch. However, this approach has a limitation — generated content always has to be stored in memory. On servers that experience heavy traffic, the memory requirements for output caching can compete with memory requirements for other parts of a Web application. ASP.NET 4 adds extensibility to output caching that enables you to configure one or more custom output-cache providers. Output-cache providers can use any storage mechanism to persist HTML content. These storage options can include local or remote disks, cloud storage, and distributed cache engines. Output-cache provider extensibility in ASP.NET 4 lets you design more aggressive and more intelligent output-caching strategies for Web sites. For example, you can create an output-cache provider that caches the "Top 10" pages of a site in memory, while caching pages that get lower traffic on disk. Alternatively, you can cache every vary-by combination for a rendered page, but use a distributed cache so that the memory consumption is offloaded from front-end Web servers. You create a custom output-cache provider as a class that derives from the OutputCacheProvider type. You can then configure the provider in the Web.config file by using the new providers subsection of the outputCache element For more information and for examples that show how to configure the output cache, see outputCache Element for caching (ASP.NET Settings Schema). For more information about the classes that support caching, see the documentation for the OutputCache and OutputCacheProvider classes. By default, in ASP.NET 4, all HTTP responses, rendered pages, and controls use the in-memory output cache. The defaultProvider attribute for ASP.NET is AspNetInternalProvider. You can change the default output-cache provider used for a Web application by specifying a different provider name for defaultProvider attribute. In addition, you can select different output-cache providers for individual control and for individual requests and programmatically specify which provider to use. For more information, see the HttpApplication.GetOutputCacheProviderName(HttpContext) method. The easiest way to choose a different output-cache provider for different Web user controls is to do so declaratively by using the new providerName attribute in a page or control directive, as shown in the following example: <%@ OutputCache Duration="60" VaryByParam="None" providerName="DiskCache" %> Preloading Web Applications Some Web applications must load large amounts of data or must perform expensive initialization processing before serving the first request. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, for these situations you had to devise custom approaches to "wake up" an ASP.NET application and then run initialization code during the Application_Load method in the Global.asax file. To address this scenario, a new application preload manager (autostart feature) is available when ASP.NET 4 runs on IIS 7.5 on Windows Server 2008 R2. The preload feature provides a controlled approach for starting up an application pool, initializing an ASP.NET application, and then accepting HTTP requests. It lets you perform expensive application initialization prior to processing the first HTTP request. For example, you can use the application preload manager to initialize an application and then signal a load-balancer that the application was initialized and ready to accept HTTP traffic. To use the application preload manager, an IIS administrator sets an application pool in IIS 7.5 to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <applicationPools> <add name="MyApplicationPool" startMode="AlwaysRunning" /> </applicationPools> Because a single application pool can contain multiple applications, you specify individual applications to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <sites> <site name="MySite" id="1"> <application path="/" serviceAutoStartEnabled="true" serviceAutoStartProvider="PrewarmMyCache" > <!-- Additional content --> </application> </site> </sites> <!-- Additional content --> <serviceAutoStartProviders> <add name="PrewarmMyCache" type="MyNamespace.CustomInitialization, MyLibrary" /> </serviceAutoStartProviders> When an IIS 7.5 server is cold-started or when an individual application pool is recycled, IIS 7.5 uses the information in the applicationHost.config file to determine which Web applications have to be automatically started. For each application that is marked for preload, IIS7.5 sends a request to ASP.NET 4 to start the application in a state during which the application temporarily does not accept HTTP requests. When it is in this state, ASP.NET instantiates the type defined by the serviceAutoStartProvider attribute (as shown in the previous example) and calls into its public entry point. You create a managed preload type that has the required entry point by implementing the IProcessHostPreloadClient interface, as shown in the following example: public class CustomInitialization : System.Web.Hosting.IProcessHostPreloadClient { public void Preload(string[] parameters) { // Perform initialization. } } After your initialization code runs in the Preload method and after the method returns, the ASP.NET application is ready to process requests. Permanently Redirecting a Page Content in Web applications is often moved over the lifetime of the application. This can lead to links to be out of date, such as the links that are returned by search engines. In ASP.NET, developers have traditionally handled requests to old URLs by using the Redirect method to forward a request to the new URL. However, the Redirect method issues an HTTP 302 (Found) response (which is used for a temporary redirect). This results in an extra HTTP round trip. ASP.NET 4 adds a RedirectPermanent helper method that makes it easy to issue HTTP 301 (Moved Permanently) responses, as in the following example: RedirectPermanent("/newpath/foroldcontent.aspx"); Search engines and other user agents that recognize permanent redirects will store the new URL that is associated with the content, which eliminates the unnecessary round trip made by the browser for temporary redirects. Session State Compression By default, ASP.NET provides two options for storing session state across a Web farm. The first option is a session state provider that invokes an out-of-process session state server. The second option is a session state provider that stores data in a Microsoft SQL Server database. Because both options store state information outside a Web application's worker process, session state has to be serialized before it is sent to remote storage. If a large amount of data is saved in session state, the size of the serialized data can become very large. ASP.NET 4 introduces a new compression option for both kinds of out-of-process session state providers. By using this option, applications that have spare CPU cycles on Web servers can achieve substantial reductions in the size of serialized session state data. You can set this option using the new compressionEnabled attribute of the sessionState element in the configuration file. When the compressionEnabled configuration option is set to true, ASP.NET compresses (and decompresses) serialized session state by using the .NET Framework GZipStreamclass. The following example shows how to set this attribute. <sessionState mode="SqlServer" sqlConnectionString="data source=dbserver;Initial Catalog=aspnetstate" allowCustomSqlDatabase="true" compressionEnabled="true" /> ASP.NET Web Forms Web Forms has been a core feature in ASP.NET since the release of ASP.NET 1.0. Many enhancements have been in this area for ASP.NET 4, such as the following: The ability to set meta tags. More control over view state. Support for recently introduced browsers and devices. Easier ways to work with browser capabilities. Support for using ASP.NET routing with Web Forms. More control over generated IDs. The ability to persist selected rows in data controls. More control over rendered HTML in the FormView and ListView controls. Filtering support for data source controls. Enhanced support for Web standards and accessibility Setting Meta Tags with the Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription Properties Two properties have been added to the Page class: MetaKeywords and MetaDescription. These two properties represent corresponding meta tags in the HTML rendered for a page, as shown in the following example: <head id="Head1" runat="server"> <title>Untitled Page</title> <meta name="keywords" content="keyword1, keyword2' /> <meta name="description" content="Description of my page" /> </head> These two properties work like the Title property does, and they can be set in the @ Page directive. For more information, see Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription. Enabling View State for Individual Controls A new property has been added to the Control class: ViewStateMode. You can use this property to disable view state for all controls on a page except those for which you explicitly enable view state. View state data is included in a page's HTML and increases the amount of time it takes to send a page to the client and post it back. Storing more view state than is necessary can cause significant decrease in performance. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, you could reduce the impact of view state on a page's performance by disabling view state for specific controls. But sometimes it is easier to enable view state for a few controls that need it instead of disabling it for many that do not need it. For more information, see Control.ViewStateMode. Support for Recently Introduced Browsers and Devices ASP.NET includes a feature that is named browser capabilities that lets you determine the capabilities of the browser that a user is using. Browser capabilities are represented by the HttpBrowserCapabilities object which is stored in the HttpRequest.Browser property. Information about a particular browser's capabilities is defined by a browser definition file. In ASP.NET 4, these browser definition files have been updated to contain information about recently introduced browsers and devices such as Google Chrome, Research in Motion BlackBerry smart phones, and Apple iPhone. Existing browser definition files have also been updated. For more information, see How to: Upgrade an ASP.NET Web Application to ASP.NET 4 and ASP.NET Web Server Controls and Browser Capabilities. The browser definition files that are included with ASP.NET 4 are shown in the following list: •blackberry.browser •chrome.browser •Default.browser •firefox.browser •gateway.browser •generic.browser •ie.browser •iemobile.browser •iphone.browser •opera.browser •safari.browser A New Way to Define Browser Capabilities ASP.NET 4 includes a new feature referred to as browser capabilities providers. As the name suggests, this lets you build a provider that in turn lets you write custom code to determine browser capabilities. In ASP.NET version 3.5 Service Pack 1, you define browser capabilities in an XML file. This file resides in a machine-level folder or an application-level folder. Most developers do not need to customize these files, but for those who do, the provider approach can be easier than dealing with complex XML syntax. The provider approach makes it possible to simplify the process by implementing a common browser definition syntax, or a database that contains up-to-date browser definitions, or even a Web service for such a database. For more information about the new browser capabilities provider, see the What's New for ASP.NET 4 White Paper. Routing in ASP.NET 4 ASP.NET 4 adds built-in support for routing with Web Forms. Routing is a feature that was introduced with ASP.NET 3.5 SP1 and lets you configure an application to use URLs that are meaningful to users and to search engines because they do not have to specify physical file names. This can make your site more user-friendly and your site content more discoverable by search engines. For example, the URL for a page that displays product categories in your application might look like the following example: http://website/products.aspx?categoryid=12 By using routing, you can use the following URL to render the same information: http://website/products/software The second URL lets the user know what to expect and can result in significantly improved rankings in search engine results. the new features include the following: The PageRouteHandler class is a simple HTTP handler that you use when you define routes. You no longer have to write a custom route handler. The HttpRequest.RequestContext and Page.RouteData properties make it easier to access information that is passed in URL parameters. The RouteUrl expression provides a simple way to create a routed URL in markup. The RouteValue expression provides a simple way to extract URL parameter values in markup. The RouteParameter class makes it easier to pass URL parameter values to a query for a data source control (similar to FormParameter). You no longer have to change the Web.config file to enable routing. For more information about routing, see the following topics: ASP.NET Routing Walkthrough: Using ASP.NET Routing in a Web Forms Application How to: Define Routes for Web Forms Applications How to: Construct URLs from Routes How to: Access URL Parameters in a Routed Page Setting Client IDs The new ClientIDMode property makes it easier to write client script that references HTML elements rendered for server controls. Increasing use of Microsoft Ajax makes the need to do this more common. For example, you may have a data control that renders a long list of products with prices and you want to use client script to make a Web service call and update individual prices in the list as they change without refreshing the entire page. Typically you get a reference to an HTML element in client script by using the document.GetElementById method. You pass to this method the value of the id attribute of the HTML element you want to reference. In the case of elements that are rendered for ASP.NET server controls earlier versions of ASP.NET could make this difficult or impossible. You were not always able to predict what id values ASP.NET would generate, or ASP.NET could generate very long id values. The problem was especially difficult for data controls that would generate multiple rows for a single instance of the control in your markup. ASP.NET 4 adds two new algorithms for generating id attributes. These algorithms can generate id attributes that are easier to work with in client script because they are more predictable and that are easier to work with because they are simpler. For more information about how to use the new algorithms, see the following topics: ASP.NET Web Server Control Identification Walkthrough: Making Data-Bound Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript Walkthrough: Making Controls Located in Web User Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript How to: Access Controls from JavaScript by ID Persisting Row Selection in Data Controls The GridView and ListView controls enable users to select a row. In previous versions of ASP.NET, row selection was based on the row index on the page. For example, if you select the third item on page 1 and then move to page 2, the third item on page 2 is selected. In most cases, is more desirable not to select any rows on page 2. ASP.NET 4 supports Persisted Selection, a new feature that was initially supported only in Dynamic Data projects in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1. When this feature is enabled, the selected item is based on the row data key. This means that if you select the third row on page 1 and move to page 2, nothing is selected on page 2. When you move back to page 1, the third row is still selected. This is a much more natural behavior than the behavior in earlier versions of ASP.NET. Persisted selection is now supported for the GridView and ListView controls in all projects. You can enable this feature in the GridView control, for example, by setting the EnablePersistedSelection property, as shown in the following example: <asp:GridView id="GridView2" runat="server" PersistedSelection="true"> </asp:GridView> FormView Control Enhancements The FormView control is enhanced to make it easier to style the content of the control with CSS. In previous versions of ASP.NET, the FormView control rendered it contents using an item template. This made styling more difficult in the markup because unexpected table row and table cell tags were rendered by the control. The FormView control supports RenderOuterTable, a property in ASP.NET 4. When this property is set to false, as show in the following example, the table tags are not rendered. This makes it easier to apply CSS style to the contents of the control. <asp:FormView ID="FormView1" runat="server" RenderTable="false"> For more information, see FormView Web Server Control Overview. ListView Control Enhancements The ListView control, which was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5, has all the functionality of the GridView control while giving you complete control over the output. This control has been made easier to use in ASP.NET 4. The earlier version of the control required that you specify a layout template that contained a server control with a known ID. The following markup shows a typical example of how to use the ListView control in ASP.NET 3.5. <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <LayoutTemplate> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="ItemPlaceHolder" runat="server"></asp:PlaceHolder> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> In ASP.NET 4, the ListView control does not require a layout template. The markup shown in the previous example can be replaced with the following markup: <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> For more information, see ListView Web Server Control Overview. Filtering Data with the QueryExtender Control A very common task for developers who create data-driven Web pages is to filter data. This traditionally has been performed by building Where clauses in data source controls. This approach can be complicated, and in some cases the Where syntax does not let you take advantage of the full functionality of the underlying database. To make filtering easier, a new QueryExtender control has been added in ASP.NET 4. This control can be added to EntityDataSource or LinqDataSource controls in order to filter the data returned by these controls. Because the QueryExtender control relies on LINQ, but you do not to need to know how to write LINQ queries to use the query extender. The QueryExtender control supports a variety of filter options. The following lists QueryExtender filter options. Term Definition SearchExpression Searches a field or fields for string values and compares them to a specified string value. RangeExpression Searches a field or fields for values in a range specified by a pair of values. PropertyExpression Compares a specified value to a property value in a field. If the expression evaluates to true, the data that is being examined is returned. OrderByExpression Sorts data by a specified column and sort direction. CustomExpression Calls a function that defines custom filter in the page. For more information, see QueryExtenderQueryExtender Web Server Control Overview. Enhanced Support for Web Standards and Accessibility Earlier versions of ASP.NET controls sometimes render markup that does not conform to HTML, XHTML, or accessibility standards. ASP.NET 4 eliminates most of these exceptions. For details about how the HTML that is rendered by each control meets accessibility standards, see ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility. CSS for Controls that Can be Disabled In ASP.NET 3.5, when a control is disabled (see WebControl.Enabled), a disabled attribute is added to the rendered HTML element. For example, the following markup creates a Label control that is disabled: <asp:Label id="Label1" runat="server"   Text="Test" Enabled="false" /> In ASP.NET 3.5, the previous control settings generate the following HTML: <span id="Label1" disabled="disabled">Test</span> In HTML 4.01, the disabled attribute is not considered valid on span elements. It is valid only on input elements because it specifies that they cannot be accessed. On display-only elements such as span elements, browsers typically support rendering for a disabled appearance, but a Web page that relies on this non-standard behavior is not robust according to accessibility standards. For display-only elements, you should use CSS to indicate a disabled visual appearance. Therefore, by default ASP.NET 4 generates the following HTML for the control settings shown previously: <span id="Label1" class="aspNetDisabled">Test</span> You can change the value of the class attribute that is rendered by default when a control is disabled by setting the DisabledCssClass property. CSS for Validation Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, validation controls render a default color of red as an inline style. For example, the following markup creates a RequiredFieldValidator control: <asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="RequiredFieldValidator1" runat="server"   ErrorMessage="Required Field" ControlToValidate="RadioButtonList1" /> ASP.NET 3.5 renders the following HTML for the validator control: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style="color:Red;visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> By default, ASP.NET 4 does not render an inline style to set the color to red. An inline style is used only to hide or show the validator, as shown in the following example: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style"visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> Therefore, ASP.NET 4 does not automatically show error messages in red. For information about how to use CSS to specify a visual style for a validation control, see Validating User Input in ASP.NET Web Pages. CSS for the Hidden Fields Div Element ASP.NET uses hidden fields to store state information such as view state and control state. These hidden fields are contained by a div element. In ASP.NET 3.5, this div element does not have a class attribute or an id attribute. Therefore, CSS rules that affect all div elements could unintentionally cause this div to be visible. To avoid this problem, ASP.NET 4 renders the div element for hidden fields with a CSS class that you can use to differentiate the hidden fields div from others. The new classvalue is shown in the following example: <div class="aspNetHidden"> CSS for the Table, Image, and ImageButton Controls By default, in ASP.NET 3.5, some controls set the border attribute of rendered HTML to zero (0). The following example shows HTML that is generated by the Table control in ASP.NET 3.5: <table id="Table2" border="0"> The Image control and the ImageButton control also do this. Because this is not necessary and provides visual formatting information that should be provided by using CSS, the attribute is not generated in ASP.NET 4. CSS for the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress controls do not support expando attributes. This makes it impossible to set a CSS class on the HTMLelements that they render. In ASP.NET 4 these controls have been changed to accept expando attributes, as shown in the following example: <asp:UpdatePanel runat="server" class="myStyle"> </asp:UpdatePanel> The following HTML is rendered for this markup: <div id="ctl00_MainContent_UpdatePanel1" class="expandoclass"> </div> Eliminating Unnecessary Outer Tables In ASP.NET 3.5, the HTML that is rendered for the following controls is wrapped in a table element whose purpose is to apply inline styles to the entire control: FormView Login PasswordRecovery ChangePassword If you use templates to customize the appearance of these controls, you can specify CSS styles in the markup that you provide in the templates. In that case, no extra outer table is required. In ASP.NET 4, you can prevent the table from being rendered by setting the new RenderOuterTable property to false. Layout Templates for Wizard Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the Wizard and CreateUserWizard controls generate an HTML table element that is used for visual formatting. In ASP.NET 4 you can use a LayoutTemplate element to specify the layout. If you do this, the HTML table element is not generated. In the template, you create placeholder controls to indicate where items should be dynamically inserted into the control. (This is similar to how the template model for the ListView control works.) For more information, see the Wizard.LayoutTemplate property. New HTML Formatting Options for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList Controls ASP.NET 3.5 uses HTML table elements to format the output for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList controls. To provide an alternative that does not use tables for visual formatting, ASP.NET 4 adds two new options to the RepeatLayout enumeration: UnorderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ul and li elements instead of a table. OrderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ol and li elements instead of a table. For examples of HTML that is rendered for the new options, see the RepeatLayout enumeration. Header and Footer Elements for the Table Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Table control can be configured to render thead and tfoot elements by setting the TableSection property of the TableHeaderRow class and the TableFooterRow class. In ASP.NET 4 these properties are set to the appropriate values by default. CSS and ARIA Support for the Menu Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Menu control uses HTML table elements for visual formatting, and in some configurations it is not keyboard-accessible. ASP.NET 4 addresses these problems and improves accessibility in the following ways: The generated HTML is structured as an unordered list (ul and li elements). CSS is used for visual formatting. The menu behaves in accordance with ARIA standards for keyboard access. You can use arrow keys to navigate menu items. (For information about ARIA, see Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET.) ARIA role and property attributes are added to the generated HTML. (Attributes are added by using JavaScript instead of included in the HTML, to avoid generating HTML that would cause markup validation errors.) Styles for the Menu control are rendered in a style block at the top of the page, instead of inline with the rendered HTML elements. If you want to use a separate CSS file so that you can modify the menu styles, you can set the Menu control's new IncludeStyleBlock property to false, in which case the style block is not generated. Valid XHTML for the HtmlForm Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the HtmlForm control (which is created implicitly by the <form runat="server"> tag) renders an HTML form element that has both name and id attributes. The name attribute is deprecated in XHTML 1.1. Therefore, this control does not render the name attribute in ASP.NET 4. Maintaining Backward Compatibility in Control Rendering An existing ASP.NET Web site might have code in it that assumes that controls are rendering HTML the way they do in ASP.NET 3.5. To avoid causing backward compatibility problems when you upgrade the site to ASP.NET 4, you can have ASP.NET continue to generate HTML the way it does in ASP.NET 3.5 after you upgrade the site. To do so, you can set the controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion attribute of the pages element to "3.5" in the Web.config file of an ASP.NET 4 Web site, as shown in the following example: <system.web>   <pages controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion="3.5"/> </system.web> If this setting is omitted, the default value is the same as the version of ASP.NET that the Web site targets. (For information about multi-targeting in ASP.NET, see .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects.) ASP.NET MVC ASP.NET MVC helps Web developers build compelling standards-based Web sites that are easy to maintain because it decreases the dependency among application layers by using the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern. MVC provides complete control over the page markup. It also improves testability by inherently supporting Test Driven Development (TDD). Web sites created using ASP.NET MVC have a modular architecture. This allows members of a team to work independently on the various modules and can be used to improve collaboration. For example, developers can work on the model and controller layers (data and logic), while the designer work on the view (presentation). For tutorials, walkthroughs, conceptual content, code samples, and a complete API reference, see ASP.NET MVC 2. Dynamic Data Dynamic Data was introduced in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 release in mid-2008. This feature provides many enhancements for creating data-driven applications, such as the following: A RAD experience for quickly building a data-driven Web site. Automatic validation that is based on constraints defined in the data model. The ability to easily change the markup that is generated for fields in the GridView and DetailsView controls by using field templates that are part of your Dynamic Data project. For ASP.NET 4, Dynamic Data has been enhanced to give developers even more power for quickly building data-driven Web sites. For more information, see ASP.NET Dynamic Data Content Map. Enabling Dynamic Data for Individual Data-Bound Controls in Existing Web Applications You can use Dynamic Data features in existing ASP.NET Web applications that do not use scaffolding by enabling Dynamic Data for individual data-bound controls. Dynamic Data provides the presentation and data layer support for rendering these controls. When you enable Dynamic Data for data-bound controls, you get the following benefits: Setting default values for data fields. Dynamic Data enables you to provide default values at run time for fields in a data control. Interacting with the database without creating and registering a data model. Automatically validating the data that is entered by the user without writing any code. For more information, see Walkthrough: Enabling Dynamic Data in ASP.NET Data-Bound Controls. New Field Templates for URLs and E-mail Addresses ASP.NET 4 introduces two new built-in field templates, EmailAddress.ascx and Url.ascx. These templates are used for fields that are marked as EmailAddress or Url using the DataTypeAttribute attribute. For EmailAddress objects, the field is displayed as a hyperlink that is created by using the mailto: protocol. When users click the link, it opens the user's e-mail client and creates a skeleton message. Objects typed as Url are displayed as ordinary hyperlinks. The following example shows how to mark fields. [DataType(DataType.EmailAddress)] public object HomeEmail { get; set; } [DataType(DataType.Url)] public object Website { get; set; } Creating Links with the DynamicHyperLink Control Dynamic Data uses the new routing feature that was added in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 to control the URLs that users see when they access the Web site. The new DynamicHyperLink control makes it easy to build links to pages in a Dynamic Data site. For information, see How to: Create Table Action Links in Dynamic Data Support for Inheritance in the Data Model Both the ADO.NET Entity Framework and LINQ to SQL support inheritance in their data models. An example of this might be a database that has an InsurancePolicy table. It might also contain CarPolicy and HousePolicy tables that have the same fields as InsurancePolicy and then add more fields. Dynamic Data has been modified to understand inherited objects in the data model and to support scaffolding for the inherited tables. For more information, see Walkthrough: Mapping Table-per-Hierarchy Inheritance in Dynamic Data. Support for Many-to-Many Relationships (Entity Framework Only) The Entity Framework has rich support for many-to-many relationships between tables, which is implemented by exposing the relationship as a collection on an Entity object. New field templates (ManyToMany.ascx and ManyToMany_Edit.ascx) have been added to provide support for displaying and editing data that is involved in many-to-many relationships. For more information, see Working with Many-to-Many Data Relationships in Dynamic Data. New Attributes to Control Display and Support Enumerations The DisplayAttribute has been added to give you additional control over how fields are displayed. The DisplayNameAttribute attribute in earlier versions of Dynamic Data enabled you to change the name that is used as a caption for a field. The new DisplayAttribute class lets you specify more options for displaying a field, such as the order in which a field is displayed and whether a field will be used as a filter. The attribute also provides independent control of the name that is used for the labels in a GridView control, the name that is used in a DetailsView control, the help text for the field, and the watermark used for the field (if the field accepts text input). The EnumDataTypeAttribute class has been added to let you map fields to enumerations. When you apply this attribute to a field, you specify an enumeration type. Dynamic Data uses the new Enumeration.ascx field template to create UI for displaying and editing enumeration values. The template maps the values from the database to the names in the enumeration. Enhanced Support for Filters Dynamic Data 1.0 had built-in filters for Boolean columns and foreign-key columns. The filters did not let you specify the order in which they were displayed. The new DisplayAttribute attribute addresses this by giving you control over whether a column appears as a filter and in what order it will be displayed. An additional enhancement is that filtering support has been rewritten to use the new QueryExtender feature of Web Forms. This lets you create filters without requiring knowledge of the data source control that the filters will be used with. Along with these extensions, filters have also been turned into template controls, which lets you add new ones. Finally, the DisplayAttribute class mentioned earlier allows the default filter to be overridden, in the same way that UIHint allows the default field template for a column to be overridden. For more information, see Walkthrough: Filtering Rows in Tables That Have a Parent-Child Relationship and QueryableFilterRepeater. ASP.NET Chart Control The ASP.NET chart server control enables you to create ASP.NET pages applications that have simple, intuitive charts for complex statistical or financial analysis. The chart control supports the following features: Data series, chart areas, axes, legends, labels, titles, and more. Data binding. Data manipulation, such as copying, splitting, merging, alignment, grouping, sorting, searching, and filtering. Statistical formulas and financial formulas. Advanced chart appearance, such as 3-D, anti-aliasing, lighting, and perspective. Events and customizations. Interactivity and Microsoft Ajax. Support for the Ajax Content Delivery Network (CDN), which provides an optimized way for you to add Microsoft Ajax Library and jQuery scripts to your Web applications. For more information, see Chart Web Server Control Overview. Visual Web Developer Enhancements The following sections provide information about enhancements and new features in Visual Studio 2010 and Visual Web Developer Express. The Web page designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been enhanced for better CSS compatibility, includes additional support for HTML and ASP.NET markup snippets, and features a redesigned version of IntelliSense for JScript. Improved CSS Compatibility The Visual Web Developer designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been updated to improve CSS 2.1 standards compliance. The designer better preserves HTML source code and is more robust than in previous versions of Visual Studio. HTML and JScript Snippets In the HTML editor, IntelliSense auto-completes tag names. The IntelliSense Snippets feature auto-completes whole tags and more. In Visual Studio 2010, IntelliSense snippets are supported for JScript, alongside C# and Visual Basic, which were supported in earlier versions of Visual Studio. Visual Studio 2010 includes over 200 snippets that help you auto-complete common ASP.NET and HTML tags, including required attributes (such as runat="server") and common attributes specific to a tag (such as ID, DataSourceID, ControlToValidate, and Text). You can download additional snippets, or you can write your own snippets that encapsulate the blocks of markup that you or your team use for common tasks. For more information on HTML snippets, see Walkthrough: Using HTML Snippets. JScript IntelliSense Enhancements In Visual 2010, JScript IntelliSense has been redesigned to provide an even richer editing experience. IntelliSense now recognizes objects that have been dynamically generated by methods such as registerNamespace and by similar techniques used by other JavaScript frameworks. Performance has been improved to analyze large libraries of script and to display IntelliSense with little or no processing delay. Compatibility has been significantly increased to support almost all third-party libraries and to support diverse coding styles. Documentation comments are now parsed as you type and are immediately leveraged by IntelliSense. Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 For Web application projects, Visual Studio now provides tools that work with the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) to automate many processes that had to be done manually in earlier versions of ASP.NET. For example, the following tasks can now be automated: Creating an IIS application on the destination computer and configuring IIS settings. Copying files to the destination computer. Changing Web.config settings that must be different in the destination environment. Propagating changes to data or data structures in SQL Server databases that are used by the Web application. For more information about Web application deployment, see ASP.NET Deployment Content Map. Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET 4 adds new features to the multi-targeting feature to make it easier to work with projects that target earlier versions of the .NET Framework. Multi-targeting was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5 to enable you to use the latest version of Visual Studio without having to upgrade existing Web sites or Web services to the latest version of the .NET Framework. In Visual Studio 2008, when you work with a project targeted for an earlier version of the .NET Framework, most features of the development environment adapt to the targeted version. However, IntelliSense displays language features that are available in the current version, and property windows display properties available in the current version. In Visual Studio 2010, only language features and properties available in the targeted version of the .NET Framework are shown. For more information about multi-targeting, see the following topics: .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects ASP.NET Side-by-Side Execution Overview How to: Host Web Applications That Use Different Versions of the .NET Framework on the Same Server How to: Deploy Web Site Projects Targeted for Earlier Versions of the .NET Framework

    Read the article

  • 26 Days: Countdown to Oracle OpenWorld 2012

    - by Michael Snow
    Welcome to our countdown to Oracle OpenWorld! Oracle OpenWorld 2012 is just around the corner. In less than 26 days, San Francisco will be invaded by an expected 50,000 people from all over the world. Here on the Oracle WebCenter team, we’ve all been working to help make the experience a great one for all our WebCenter customers. For a sneak peak  – we’ll be spending this week giving you a teaser of what to look forward to if you are joining us in San Francisco from September 30th through October 4th. We have Oracle WebCenter sessions covering all topics imaginable. Take a look and use the tools we provide to build out your schedule in advance and reserve your seats in your favorite sessions.  That gives you plenty of time to plan for your week with us in San Francisco. If unfortunately, your boss denied your request to attend - there are still some ways that you can join in the experience virtually On-Demand. This year - we are expanding even more up North of Market Street and will be taking over Union Square as well. Check out this map of San Francisco to get a sense of how much of a footprint Oracle OpenWorld has grown to this year. With so much to see and so many sessions to learn from - its no wonder that people get excited. Add to that a good mix of fun and all of the possible WebCenter sessions you could attend - you won't want to sleep at all to take full advantage of such an opportunity. We'll also have our annual WebCenter Customer Appreciation reception - stay tuned this week for some more info on registration to make sure you'll be able to join us. If you've been following the America's Cup at all and believe in EXTREME PERFORMANCE you'll definitely want to take a look at this video from last year's OpenWorld Keynote. 12.00 Normal 0 false false false EN-US X-NONE X-NONE MicrosoftInternetExplorer4 /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; mso-ascii- mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast; mso-hansi- mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;} Important OpenWorld Links:  Attendee / Presenters Toolkit Oracle Schedule Builder WebCenter Sessions (listed in the catalog under Fusion Middleware as "Portals, Sites, Content, and Collaboration" ) Oracle Music Festival - AMAZING Line up!!  Oracle Customer Appreciation Night -LOOK HERE!! Oracle OpenWorld LIVE On-Demand Here are all the WebCenter sessions broken down by day for your viewing pleasure. Monday, October 1st CON8885 - Simplify CRM Engagement with Contextual Collaboration Are your sales teams disconnected and disengaged? Do you want a tool for easily connecting expertise across your organization and providing visibility into the complete sales process? Do you want a way to enhance and retain organization knowledge? Oracle Social Network is the answer. Attend this session to learn how to make CRM easy, effective, and efficient for use across virtual sales teams. Also learn how Oracle Social Network can drive sales force collaboration with natural conversations throughout the sales cycle, promote sales team productivity through purposeful social networking without the noise, and build cross-team knowledge by integrating conversations with CRM and other business applications. CON8268 - Oracle WebCenter Strategy: Engaging Your Customers. Empowering Your Business Oracle WebCenter is a user engagement platform for social business, connecting people and information. Attend this session to learn about the Oracle WebCenter strategy, and understand where Oracle is taking the platform to help companies engage customers, empower employees, and enable partners. Business success starts with ensuring that everyone is engaged with the right people and the right information and can access what they need through the channel of their choice—Web, mobile, or social. Are you giving customers, employees, and partners the best-possible experience? Come learn how you can! ¶ HOL10208 - Add Social Capabilities to Your Enterprise Applications Oracle Social Network enables you to add real-time collaboration capabilities into your enterprise applications, so that conversations can happen directly within your business systems. In this hands-on lab, you will try out the Oracle Social Network product to collaborate with other attendees, using real-time conversations with document sharing capabilities. Next you will embed social capabilities into a sample Web-based enterprise application, using embedded UI components. Experts will also write simple REST-based integrations, using the Oracle Social Network API to programmatically create social interactions. ¶ CON8893 - Improve Employee Productivity with Intuitive and Social Work Environments Social technologies have already transformed the ways customers, employees, partners, and suppliers communicate and stay informed. Forward-thinking organizations today need technologies and infrastructures to help them advance to the next level and integrate social activities with business applications to deliver a user experience that simplifies business processes and enterprise application engagement. Attend this session to hear from an innovative Oracle Social Network customer and learn how you can improve productivity with intuitive and social work environments and empower your employees with innovative social tools to enable contextual access to content and dynamic personalization of solutions. ¶ CON8270 - Oracle WebCenter Content Strategy and Vision Oracle WebCenter provides a strategic content infrastructure for managing documents, images, e-mails, and rich media files. With a single repository, organizations can address any content use case, such as accounts payable, HR onboarding, document management, compliance, records management, digital asset management, or Website management. In this session, learn about future plans for how Oracle WebCenter will address new use cases as well as new integrations with Oracle Fusion Middleware and Oracle Applications, leveraging your investments by making your users more productive and error-free. ¶ CON8269 - Oracle WebCenter Sites Strategy and Vision Oracle’s Web experience management solution, Oracle WebCenter Sites, enables organizations to use the online channel to drive customer acquisition and brand loyalty. It helps marketers and business users easily create and manage contextually relevant, social, interactive online experiences across multiple channels on a global scale. In this session, learn about future plans for how Oracle WebCenter Sites will provide you with the tools, capabilities, and integrations you need in order to continue to address your customers’ evolving requirements for engaging online experiences and keep moving your business forward. ¶ CON8896 - Living with SharePoint SharePoint is a popular platform, but it’s not always the best fit for Oracle customers. In this session, you’ll discover the technical and nontechnical limitations and pitfalls of SharePoint and learn about Oracle alternatives for collaboration, portals, enterprise and Web content management, social computing, and application integration. The presentation shows you how to integrate with SharePoint when business or IT requirements dictate and covers cloud-based (Office 365) and on-premises versions of SharePoint. Presented by a former Microsoft director of SharePoint product management and backed by independent customer research, this session will prepare you to answer the question “Why don’t we just use SharePoint for that?’ the next time it comes up in your organization. ¶ CON7843 - Content-Enabling Enterprise Processes with Oracle WebCenter Organizations today continually strive to automate business processes, reduce costs, and improve efficiency. Many business processes are content-intensive and unstructured, requiring ad hoc collaboration, and distributed in nature, requiring many approvals and generating huge volumes of paper. In this session, learn how Oracle and SYSTIME have partnered to help a customer content-enable its enterprise with Oracle WebCenter Content and Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g and integrate them with Oracle Applications. ¶ CON6114 - Tape Robotics’ Newest Superhero: Now Fueled by Oracle Software For small, midsize, and rapidly growing businesses that want the most energy-efficient, scalable storage infrastructure to meet their rapidly growing data demands, Oracle’s most recent addition to its award-winning tape portfolio leverages several pieces of Oracle software. With Oracle Linux, Oracle WebLogic, and Oracle Fusion Middleware tools, the library achieves a higher level of usability than previous products while offering customers a familiar interface for management, plus ease of use. This session examines the competitive advantages of the tape library and how Oracle software raises customer satisfaction. Learn how the combination of Oracle engineered systems, Oracle Secure Backup, and Oracle’s StorageTek tape libraries provide end-to-end coverage of your data. ¶ CON9437 - Mobile Access Management With more than five billion mobile devices on the planet and an increasing number of users using their own devices to access corporate data and applications, securely extending identity management to mobile devices has become a hot topic. This session focuses on how to extend your existing identity management infrastructure and policies to securely and seamlessly enable mobile user access. CON7815 - Customer Experience Online in Cloud: Oracle WebCenter Sites, Oracle ATG Apps, Oracle Exalogic Oracle WebCenter Sites and Oracle’s ATG product line together can provide a compelling marketing and e-commerce experience. When you couple them with the extreme performance of Oracle Exalogic, you’ll see unmatched scalability that provides you with a true cloud-based solution. In this session, you’ll learn how running Oracle WebCenter Sites and ATG applications on Oracle Exalogic delivers both a private and a public cloud experience. Find out what it takes to get these systems working together and delivering engaging Web experiences. Even if you aren’t considering Oracle Exalogic today, the rich Web experience of Oracle WebCenter, paired with the depth of the ATG product line, can provide your business full support, from merchandising through sale completion. ¶ CON8271 - Oracle WebCenter Portal Strategy and Vision To innovate and keep a competitive edge, organizations need to leverage the power of agile and responsive Web applications. Oracle WebCenter Portal enables you to do just that, by delivering intuitive user experiences for enterprise applications to drive innovation with composite applications and mashups. Attend this session to learn firsthand from customers how Oracle WebCenter Portal extends the value of existing enterprise applications, business processes, and content; delivers a superior business user experience; and maximizes limited IT resources. ¶ CON8880 - The Connected Customer Experience Begins with the Online Channel There’s a lot of talk these days about how to connect the customer journey across various touchpoints—from Websites and e-commerce to call centers and in-store—to provide experiences that are more relevant and engaging and ultimately gain competitive edge. Doing it all at once isn’t a realistic objective, so where do you start? Come to this session, and hear about three steps you can take that can help you begin your journey toward delivering the connected customer experience. You’ll hear how Oracle now has an integrated digital marketing platform for your corporate Website, your e-commerce site, your self-service portal, and your marketing and loyalty campaigns, and you’ll learn what you can do today to begin executing on your customer experience initiatives. ¶ GEN11451 - General Session: Building Mobile Applications with Oracle Cloud With the prevalence of smart mobile devices, companies are facing an increased demand to provide access to data and applications from new channels. However, developing applications for mobile devices poses some unique challenges. Come to this session to learn how Oracle addresses these challenges, offering a simpler way to develop and deploy cross-device mobile applications. See how Oracle Cloud enables you to access applications, data, and services from mobile channels in an easier way.  CON8272 - Oracle Social Network Strategy and Vision One key way of increasing employee productivity is by bringing people, processes, and information together—providing new social capabilities to enable business users to quickly correspond and collaborate on business activities. Oracle WebCenter provides a user engagement platform with social and collaborative technologies to empower business users to focus on their key business processes, applications, and content in the context of their role and process. Attend this session to hear how the latest social capabilities in Oracle Social Network are enabling organizations to transform themselves into social businesses.  --- Tuesday, October 2nd HOL10194 - Enterprise Content Management Simplified: Oracle WebCenter Content’s Next-Generation UI Regardless of the nature of your business, unstructured content underpins many of its daily functions. Whether you are working with traditional presentations, spreadsheets, or text documents—or even with digital assets such as images and multimedia files—your content needs to be accessible and manageable in convenient and intuitive ways to make working with the content easier. Additionally, you need the ability to easily share documents with coworkers to facilitate a collaborative working environment. Come to this session to see how Oracle WebCenter Content’s next-generation user interface helps modern knowledge workers easily manage personal and enterprise documents in a collaborative environment.¶ CON8877 - Develop a Mobile Strategy with Oracle WebCenter: Engage Customers, Employees, and Partners Mobile technology has gone from nice-to-have to a cornerstone of user engagement. Mobile access enables users to have information available at their fingertips, enabling them to take action the moment they make a decision, interact in the moment of convenience, and take advantage of new service offerings in their preferred channels. All your employees have your mobile applications in their pocket; now what are you going to do? It is a critical step for companies to think through what their employees, customers, and partners really need on their devices. Attend this session to see how Oracle WebCenter enables you to better engage your customers, employees, and partners by providing a unified experience across multiple channels. ¶ CON9447 - Enabling Access for Hundreds of Millions of Users How do you grow your business by identifying, authenticating, authorizing, and federating users on the Web, leveraging social identity and the open source OAuth protocol? How do you scale your access management solution to support hundreds of millions of users? With social identity support out of the box, Oracle’s access management solution is also benchmarked for 250-million-user deployment according to real-world customer scenarios. In this session, you will learn about the social identity capability and the 250-million-user benchmark testing of Oracle Access Manager and Oracle Adaptive Access Manager running on Oracle Exalogic and Oracle Exadata. ¶ HOL10207 - Build an Intranet Portal with Oracle WebCenter In this hands-on lab, you’ll work with Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to build out an enterprise portal that maximizes the productivity of teams and individual contributors. Using browser-based tools, you’ll manage site resources such as page styles, templates, and navigation. You’ll edit content stored in Oracle WebCenter Content directly from your portal. You’ll also experience the latest features that promote collaboration, social networking, and personal productivity. ¶ CON2906 - Get Proactive: Best Practices for Maintaining Oracle Fusion Middleware You chose Oracle Fusion Middleware products to help your organization deliver superior business results. Now learn how to take full advantage of your software with all the great tools, resources, and product updates you’re entitled to through Oracle Support. In this session, Oracle product experts provide proven best practices to help you work more efficiently, plan and prepare for upgrades and patching more effectively, and manage risk. Topics include configuration management tools, remote diagnostics, My Oracle Support Community, and My Oracle Support Lifecycle Advisors. New users and Oracle Fusion Middleware experts alike are guaranteed to leave with fresh ideas and practical, easy-to-implement next steps. ¶ CON8878 - Oracle WebCenter’s Cloud Strategy: From Social and Platform Services to Mashups Cloud computing represents a paradigm shift in how we build applications, automate processes, collaborate, and share and in how we secure our enterprise. Additionally, as you adopt cloud-based services in your organization, it’s likely that you will still have many critical on-premises applications running. With these mixed environments, multiple user interfaces, different security, and multiple datasources and content sources, how do you start evolving your strategy to account for these challenges? Oracle WebCenter offers a complete array of technologies enabling you to solve these challenges and prepare you for the cloud. Attend this session to learn how you can use Oracle WebCenter in the cloud as well as create on-premises and cloud application mash-ups. ¶ CON8901 - Optimize Enterprise Business Processes with Oracle WebCenter and Oracle BPM Do you have business processes that span multiple applications? Are you grappling with how to have visibility across these business processes; how to manage content that is associated with these processes; and, most importantly, how to model and optimize these business processes? Attend this session to hear how Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Process Management provide a unique set of integrated solutions to provide a composite application dashboard across these business processes and offer a solution for content-centric business processes. ¶ CON8883 - Deliver Engaging Interfaces to Oracle Applications with Oracle WebCenter Critical business processes live within enterprise applications, and application users need to manage and execute these processes as effectively as possible. Oracle provides a comprehensive user engagement platform to increase user productivity and optimize overall processes within Oracle Applications—Oracle E-Business Suite and Oracle’s Siebel, PeopleSoft, and JD Edwards product families—and third-party applications. Attend this session to learn how you can integrate these applications with Oracle WebCenter to deliver composite application dashboards to your end users—whether they are your customers, partners, or employees—for enhanced usability and Web 2.0–enabled enterprise portals.¶ Wednesday, October 3rd CON8895 - Future-Ready Intranets: How Aramark Re-engineered the Application Landscape There are essential techniques and technologies you can use to deliver employee portals that garner higher productivity, improve business efficiency, and increase user engagement. Attend this session to learn how you can leverage Oracle WebCenter Portal as a user engagement platform for bringing together business process management, enterprise content management, and business intelligence into a highly relevant and integrated experience. Hear how Aramark has leveraged Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to deliver a unified workspace providing simpler navigation and processing, consolidation of tools, easy access to information, integrated search, and single sign-on. ¶ CON8886 - Content Consolidation: Save Money, Increase Efficiency, and Eliminate Silos Organizations are looking for ways to save money and be more efficient. With content in many different places, it’s difficult to know where to look for a document and whether the document is the most current version. With Oracle WebCenter, content can be consolidated into one best-of-breed repository that is secure, scalable, and integrated with your business processes and applications. Users can find the content they need, where they need it, and ensure that it is the right content. This session covers content challenges that affect your business; content consolidation that can lead to savings in storage and administration costs and can lower risks; and how companies are realizing savings. ¶ CON8911 - Improve Online Experiences for Customers and Partners with Self-Service Portals Are you able to provide your customers and partners an easy-to-use online self-service experience? Are you processing high-volume transactions and struggling with call center bottlenecks or back-end systems that won’t integrate, causing order delays and customer frustration? Are you looking to target content such as product and service offerings to your end users? This session shares approaches to providing targeted delivery as well as strategies and best practices for transforming your business by providing an intuitive user experience for your customers and partners. ¶ CON6156 - Top 10 Ways to Integrate Oracle WebCenter Content This session covers 10 common ways to integrate Oracle WebCenter Content with other enterprise applications and middleware. It discusses out-of-the-box modules that provide expanded features in Oracle WebCenter Content—such as enterprise search, SOA, and BPEL—as well as developer tools you can use to create custom integrations. The presentation also gives guidance on which integration option may work best in your environment. ¶ HOL10207 - Build an Intranet Portal with Oracle WebCenter In this hands-on lab, you’ll work with Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to build out an enterprise portal that maximizes the productivity of teams and individual contributors. Using browser-based tools, you’ll manage site resources such as page styles, templates, and navigation. You’ll edit content stored in Oracle WebCenter Content directly from your portal. You’ll also experience the latest features that promote collaboration, social networking, and personal productivity. ¶ CON7817 - Migration to Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g Customers today continually strive to automate business processes, reduce costs, and improve efficiency. The accounts payable process—which is often distributed in nature, requires many approvals, and generates huge volumes of paper invoices—is automated by many customers. In this session, learn how Oracle and SYSTIME have partnered to help a customer migrate its existing Oracle Imaging and Process Management Release 7.6 to the latest Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g and integrate it with Oracle’s JD Edwards family of products. ¶ CON8910 - How to Engage Customers Across Web, Mobile, and Social Channels Whether on desktops at the office, on tablets at home, or on mobile phones when on the go, today’s customers are always connected. To engage today’s customers, you need to make the online customer experience connected and consistent across a host of devices and multiple channels, including Web, mobile, and social networks. Managing this multichannel environment can result in lots of headaches without the right tools. Attend this session to learn how Oracle WebCenter Sites solves the challenge of multichannel customer engagement. ¶ HOL10206 - Oracle WebCenter Sites 11g: Transforming the Content Contributor Experience Oracle WebCenter Sites 11g makes it easy for marketers and business users to contribute to and manage Websites with the new visual, contextual, and intuitive Web authoring interface. In this hands-on lab, you will create and manage content for a sports-themed Website, using many of the new and enhanced features of the 11g release. ¶ CON8900 - Building Next-Generation Portals: An Interactive Customer Panel Discussion Social and collaborative technologies have changed how people interact, learn, and collaborate, and providing a modern, social Web presence is imperative to remain competitive in today’s market. Can your business benefit from a more collaborative and interactive portal environment for employees, customers, and partners? Attend this session to hear from Oracle WebCenter Portal customers as they share their strategies and best practices for providing users with a modern experience that adapts to their needs and includes personalized access to content in context. The panel also addresses how customers have benefited from creating next-generation portals by migrating from older portal technologies to Oracle WebCenter Portal. ¶ CON9625 - Taking Control of Oracle WebCenter Security Organizations are increasingly looking to extend their Oracle WebCenter portal for social business, to serve external users and provide seamless access to the right information. In particular, many organizations are extending Oracle WebCenter in a business-to-business scenario requiring secure identification and authorization of business partners and their users. This session focuses on how customers are leveraging, securing, and providing access control to Oracle WebCenter portal and mobile solutions. You will learn best practices and hear real-world examples of how to provide flexible and granular access control for Oracle WebCenter deployments, using Oracle Platform Security Services and Oracle Access Management Suite product offerings. ¶ CON8891 - Extending Social into Enterprise Applications and Business Processes Oracle Social Network is an extensible social platform that enables contextual collaboration within enterprise applications and business processes, providing relevant data from across various enterprise systems in one place. Attend this session to see how an Oracle Social Network customer is integrating multiple applications—such as CRM, HCM, and business processes—into Oracle Social Network and Oracle WebCenter to enable individuals and teams to solve complex cross-organizational business problems more effectively by utilizing the social enterprise. ¶ Thursday, October 4th CON8899 - Becoming a Social Business: Stories from the Front Lines of Change What does it really mean to be a social business? How can you change our organization to embrace social approaches? What pitfalls do you need to avoid? In this lively panel discussion, customer and industry thought leaders in social business explore these topics and more as they share their stories of the good, the bad, and the ugly that can happen when embracing social methods and technologies to improve business success. Using moderated questions and open Q&A from the audience, the panel discusses vital topics such as the critical factors for success, the major issues to avoid, how to gain senior executive support for social efforts, how to handle undesired behavior, and how to measure business impact. It takes a thought-provoking look at becoming a social business from the inside. ¶ CON6851 - Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition to Create Vendor Portals Large manufacturers of grocery items routinely find themselves depending on the inventory management expertise of their wholesalers and distributors. Inventory costs can be managed more efficiently by the manufacturers if they have better insight into the inventory levels of items carried by their distributors. This creates a unique opportunity for distributors and wholesalers to leverage this knowledge into a revenue-generating subscription service. Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition and Oracle WebCenter Portal play a key part in enabling creation of business-managed business intelligence portals for vendors. This session discusses one customer that implemented this by leveraging Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition. ¶ CON8879 - Provide a Personalized and Consistent Customer Experience in Your Websites and Portals Your customers engage with your company online in different ways throughout their journey—from prospecting by acquiring information on your corporate Website to transacting through self-service applications on your customer portal—and then the cycle begins again when they look for new products and services. Ensuring that the customer experience is consistent and personalized across online properties—from branding and content to interactions and transactions—can be a daunting task. Oracle WebCenter enables you to speak and interact with your customers with one voice across your Websites and portals by providing an integrated platform for delivery of self-service and engagement that unifies and personalizes the online experience. Learn more in this session. ¶ CON8898 - Land Mines, Potholes, and Dirt Roads: Navigating the Way to ECM Nirvana Ten years ago, people were predicting that by this time in history, we’d be some kind of utopian paperless society. As we all know, we’re not there yet, but are we getting closer? What is keeping companies from driving down the road to enterprise content management bliss? Most people understand that using ECM as a central platform enables organizations to expedite document-centric processes, but most business processes in organizations are still heavily paper-based. Many of these processes could be automated and improved with an ECM platform infrastructure. In this panel discussion, you’ll hear from Oracle WebCenter customers that have already solved some of these challenges as they share their strategies for success and roads to avoid along your journey. ¶ CON8908 - Oracle WebCenter Portal: Creating and Using Content Presenter Templates Oracle WebCenter Portal applications use task flows to display and integrate content stored in the Oracle WebCenter Content server. Among the most flexible task flows is Content Presenter, which renders various types of content on an Oracle WebCenter Portal page. Although Oracle WebCenter Portal comes with a set of predefined Content Presenter templates, developers can create their own templates for specific rendering needs. This session shows the lifecycle of developing Content Presenter task flows, including how to create, package, import, modify at runtime, and use such templates. In addition to simple examples with Oracle Application Development Framework (Oracle ADF) UI elements to render the content, it shows how to use other UI technologies, CSS files, and JavaScript libraries. ¶ CON8897 - Using Web Experience Management to Drive Online Marketing Success Every year, the online channel becomes more imperative for driving organizational top-line revenue, but for many companies, mastering how to best market their products and services in a fast-evolving online world with high customer expectations for personalized experiences can be a complex proposition. Come to this panel discussion, and hear directly from online marketers how they are succeeding today by using Web experience management to drive marketing success, using capabilities such as targeting and optimization, user-generated content, mobile site publishing, and site visitor personalization to deliver engaging online experiences. ¶ CON8892 - Oracle’s Journey to Social Business Social business is a revolution, one that is causing rapidly accelerating change in how companies and customers engage with one another and how employees work together. Oracle’s goal in becoming a social business is to create a socially connected organization in which working collaboratively across geographical locations, lines of business, and management chains is second nature, enabling innovative solutions to business challenges. We can achieve this by connecting the right people, finding the right content, communicating with the right people, collaborating at the right time, and building the right communities in the right context—all ready in the CLOUD. Attend this session to see how Oracle is transforming itself into a social business. ¶  ------------ If you've read all the way to the end here - we are REALLY looking forward to seeing you in San Francisco.

    Read the article

  • The Incremental Architect&rsquo;s Napkin - #5 - Design functions for extensibility and readability

    - by Ralf Westphal
    Originally posted on: http://geekswithblogs.net/theArchitectsNapkin/archive/2014/08/24/the-incremental-architectrsquos-napkin---5---design-functions-for.aspx The functionality of programs is entered via Entry Points. So what we´re talking about when designing software is a bunch of functions handling the requests represented by and flowing in through those Entry Points. Designing software thus consists of at least three phases: Analyzing the requirements to find the Entry Points and their signatures Designing the functionality to be executed when those Entry Points get triggered Implementing the functionality according to the design aka coding I presume, you´re familiar with phase 1 in some way. And I guess you´re proficient in implementing functionality in some programming language. But in my experience developers in general are not experienced in going through an explicit phase 2. “Designing functionality? What´s that supposed to mean?” you might already have thought. Here´s my definition: To design functionality (or functional design for short) means thinking about… well, functions. You find a solution for what´s supposed to happen when an Entry Point gets triggered in terms of functions. A conceptual solution that is, because those functions only exist in your head (or on paper) during this phase. But you may have guess that, because it´s “design” not “coding”. And here is, what functional design is not: It´s not about logic. Logic is expressions (e.g. +, -, && etc.) and control statements (e.g. if, switch, for, while etc.). Also I consider calling external APIs as logic. It´s equally basic. It´s what code needs to do in order to deliver some functionality or quality. Logic is what´s doing that needs to be done by software. Transformations are either done through expressions or API-calls. And then there is alternative control flow depending on the result of some expression. Basically it´s just jumps in Assembler, sometimes to go forward (if, switch), sometimes to go backward (for, while, do). But calling your own function is not logic. It´s not necessary to produce any outcome. Functionality is not enhanced by adding functions (subroutine calls) to your code. Nor is quality increased by adding functions. No performance gain, no higher scalability etc. through functions. Functions are not relevant to functionality. Strange, isn´t it. What they are important for is security of investment. By introducing functions into our code we can become more productive (re-use) and can increase evolvability (higher unterstandability, easier to keep code consistent). That´s no small feat, however. Evolvable code can hardly be overestimated. That´s why to me functional design is so important. It´s at the core of software development. To sum this up: Functional design is on a level of abstraction above (!) logical design or algorithmic design. Functional design is only done until you get to a point where each function is so simple you are very confident you can easily code it. Functional design an logical design (which mostly is coding, but can also be done using pseudo code or flow charts) are complementary. Software needs both. If you start coding right away you end up in a tangled mess very quickly. Then you need back out through refactoring. Functional design on the other hand is bloodless without actual code. It´s just a theory with no experiments to prove it. But how to do functional design? An example of functional design Let´s assume a program to de-duplicate strings. The user enters a number of strings separated by commas, e.g. a, b, a, c, d, b, e, c, a. And the program is supposed to clear this list of all doubles, e.g. a, b, c, d, e. There is only one Entry Point to this program: the user triggers the de-duplication by starting the program with the string list on the command line C:\>deduplicate "a, b, a, c, d, b, e, c, a" a, b, c, d, e …or by clicking on a GUI button. This leads to the Entry Point function to get called. It´s the program´s main function in case of the batch version or a button click event handler in the GUI version. That´s the physical Entry Point so to speak. It´s inevitable. What then happens is a three step process: Transform the input data from the user into a request. Call the request handler. Transform the output of the request handler into a tangible result for the user. Or to phrase it a bit more generally: Accept input. Transform input into output. Present output. This does not mean any of these steps requires a lot of effort. Maybe it´s just one line of code to accomplish it. Nevertheless it´s a distinct step in doing the processing behind an Entry Point. Call it an aspect or a responsibility - and you will realize it most likely deserves a function of its own to satisfy the Single Responsibility Principle (SRP). Interestingly the above list of steps is already functional design. There is no logic, but nevertheless the solution is described - albeit on a higher level of abstraction than you might have done yourself. But it´s still on a meta-level. The application to the domain at hand is easy, though: Accept string list from command line De-duplicate Present de-duplicated strings on standard output And this concrete list of processing steps can easily be transformed into code:static void Main(string[] args) { var input = Accept_string_list(args); var output = Deduplicate(input); Present_deduplicated_string_list(output); } Instead of a big problem there are three much smaller problems now. If you think each of those is trivial to implement, then go for it. You can stop the functional design at this point. But maybe, just maybe, you´re not so sure how to go about with the de-duplication for example. Then just implement what´s easy right now, e.g.private static string Accept_string_list(string[] args) { return args[0]; } private static void Present_deduplicated_string_list( string[] output) { var line = string.Join(", ", output); Console.WriteLine(line); } Accept_string_list() contains logic in the form of an API-call. Present_deduplicated_string_list() contains logic in the form of an expression and an API-call. And then repeat the functional design for the remaining processing step. What´s left is the domain logic: de-duplicating a list of strings. How should that be done? Without any logic at our disposal during functional design you´re left with just functions. So which functions could make up the de-duplication? Here´s a suggestion: De-duplicate Parse the input string into a true list of strings. Register each string in a dictionary/map/set. That way duplicates get cast away. Transform the data structure into a list of unique strings. Processing step 2 obviously was the core of the solution. That´s where real creativity was needed. That´s the core of the domain. But now after this refinement the implementation of each step is easy again:private static string[] Parse_string_list(string input) { return input.Split(',') .Select(s => s.Trim()) .ToArray(); } private static Dictionary<string,object> Compile_unique_strings(string[] strings) { return strings.Aggregate( new Dictionary<string, object>(), (agg, s) => { agg[s] = null; return agg; }); } private static string[] Serialize_unique_strings( Dictionary<string,object> dict) { return dict.Keys.ToArray(); } With these three additional functions Main() now looks like this:static void Main(string[] args) { var input = Accept_string_list(args); var strings = Parse_string_list(input); var dict = Compile_unique_strings(strings); var output = Serialize_unique_strings(dict); Present_deduplicated_string_list(output); } I think that´s very understandable code: just read it from top to bottom and you know how the solution to the problem works. It´s a mirror image of the initial design: Accept string list from command line Parse the input string into a true list of strings. Register each string in a dictionary/map/set. That way duplicates get cast away. Transform the data structure into a list of unique strings. Present de-duplicated strings on standard output You can even re-generate the design by just looking at the code. Code and functional design thus are always in sync - if you follow some simple rules. But about that later. And as a bonus: all the functions making up the process are small - which means easy to understand, too. So much for an initial concrete example. Now it´s time for some theory. Because there is method to this madness ;-) The above has only scratched the surface. Introducing Flow Design Functional design starts with a given function, the Entry Point. Its goal is to describe the behavior of the program when the Entry Point is triggered using a process, not an algorithm. An algorithm consists of logic, a process on the other hand consists just of steps or stages. Each processing step transforms input into output or a side effect. Also it might access resources, e.g. a printer, a database, or just memory. Processing steps thus can rely on state of some sort. This is different from Functional Programming, where functions are supposed to not be stateful and not cause side effects.[1] In its simplest form a process can be written as a bullet point list of steps, e.g. Get data from user Output result to user Transform data Parse data Map result for output Such a compilation of steps - possibly on different levels of abstraction - often is the first artifact of functional design. It can be generated by a team in an initial design brainstorming. Next comes ordering the steps. What should happen first, what next etc.? Get data from user Parse data Transform data Map result for output Output result to user That´s great for a start into functional design. It´s better than starting to code right away on a given function using TDD. Please get me right: TDD is a valuable practice. But it can be unnecessarily hard if the scope of a functionn is too large. But how do you know beforehand without investing some thinking? And how to do this thinking in a systematic fashion? My recommendation: For any given function you´re supposed to implement first do a functional design. Then, once you´re confident you know the processing steps - which are pretty small - refine and code them using TDD. You´ll see that´s much, much easier - and leads to cleaner code right away. For more information on this approach I call “Informed TDD” read my book of the same title. Thinking before coding is smart. And writing down the solution as a bunch of functions possibly is the simplest thing you can do, I´d say. It´s more according to the KISS (Keep It Simple, Stupid) principle than returning constants or other trivial stuff TDD development often is started with. So far so good. A simple ordered list of processing steps will do to start with functional design. As shown in the above example such steps can easily be translated into functions. Moving from design to coding thus is simple. However, such a list does not scale. Processing is not always that simple to be captured in a list. And then the list is just text. Again. Like code. That means the design is lacking visuality. Textual representations need more parsing by your brain than visual representations. Plus they are limited in their “dimensionality”: text just has one dimension, it´s sequential. Alternatives and parallelism are hard to encode in text. In addition the functional design using numbered lists lacks data. It´s not visible what´s the input, output, and state of the processing steps. That´s why functional design should be done using a lightweight visual notation. No tool is necessary to draw such designs. Use pen and paper; a flipchart, a whiteboard, or even a napkin is sufficient. Visualizing processes The building block of the functional design notation is a functional unit. I mostly draw it like this: Something is done, it´s clear what goes in, it´s clear what comes out, and it´s clear what the processing step requires in terms of state or hardware. Whenever input flows into a functional unit it gets processed and output is produced and/or a side effect occurs. Flowing data is the driver of something happening. That´s why I call this approach to functional design Flow Design. It´s about data flow instead of control flow. Control flow like in algorithms is of no concern to functional design. Thinking about control flow simply is too low level. Once you start with control flow you easily get bogged down by tons of details. That´s what you want to avoid during design. Design is supposed to be quick, broad brush, abstract. It should give overview. But what about all the details? As Robert C. Martin rightly said: “Programming is abot detail”. Detail is a matter of code. Once you start coding the processing steps you designed you can worry about all the detail you want. Functional design does not eliminate all the nitty gritty. It just postpones tackling them. To me that´s also an example of the SRP. Function design has the responsibility to come up with a solution to a problem posed by a single function (Entry Point). And later coding has the responsibility to implement the solution down to the last detail (i.e. statement, API-call). TDD unfortunately mixes both responsibilities. It´s just coding - and thereby trying to find detailed implementations (green phase) plus getting the design right (refactoring). To me that´s one reason why TDD has failed to deliver on its promise for many developers. Using functional units as building blocks of functional design processes can be depicted very easily. Here´s the initial process for the example problem: For each processing step draw a functional unit and label it. Choose a verb or an “action phrase” as a label, not a noun. Functional design is about activities, not state or structure. Then make the output of an upstream step the input of a downstream step. Finally think about the data that should flow between the functional units. Write the data above the arrows connecting the functional units in the direction of the data flow. Enclose the data description in brackets. That way you can clearly see if all flows have already been specified. Empty brackets mean “no data is flowing”, but nevertheless a signal is sent. A name like “list” or “strings” in brackets describes the data content. Use lower case labels for that purpose. A name starting with an upper case letter like “String” or “Customer” on the other hand signifies a data type. If you like, you also can combine descriptions with data types by separating them with a colon, e.g. (list:string) or (strings:string[]). But these are just suggestions from my practice with Flow Design. You can do it differently, if you like. Just be sure to be consistent. Flows wired-up in this manner I call one-dimensional (1D). Each functional unit just has one input and/or one output. A functional unit without an output is possible. It´s like a black hole sucking up input without producing any output. Instead it produces side effects. A functional unit without an input, though, does make much sense. When should it start to work? What´s the trigger? That´s why in the above process even the first processing step has an input. If you like, view such 1D-flows as pipelines. Data is flowing through them from left to right. But as you can see, it´s not always the same data. It get´s transformed along its passage: (args) becomes a (list) which is turned into (strings). The Principle of Mutual Oblivion A very characteristic trait of flows put together from function units is: no functional units knows another one. They are all completely independent of each other. Functional units don´t know where their input is coming from (or even when it´s gonna arrive). They just specify a range of values they can process. And they promise a certain behavior upon input arriving. Also they don´t know where their output is going. They just produce it in their own time independent of other functional units. That means at least conceptually all functional units work in parallel. Functional units don´t know their “deployment context”. They now nothing about the overall flow they are place in. They are just consuming input from some upstream, and producing output for some downstream. That makes functional units very easy to test. At least as long as they don´t depend on state or resources. I call this the Principle of Mutual Oblivion (PoMO). Functional units are oblivious of others as well as an overall context/purpose. They are just parts of a whole focused on a single responsibility. How the whole is built, how a larger goal is achieved, is of no concern to the single functional units. By building software in such a manner, functional design interestingly follows nature. Nature´s building blocks for organisms also follow the PoMO. The cells forming your body do not know each other. Take a nerve cell “controlling” a muscle cell for example:[2] The nerve cell does not know anything about muscle cells, let alone the specific muscel cell it is “attached to”. Likewise the muscle cell does not know anything about nerve cells, let a lone a specific nerve cell “attached to” it. Saying “the nerve cell is controlling the muscle cell” thus only makes sense when viewing both from the outside. “Control” is a concept of the whole, not of its parts. Control is created by wiring-up parts in a certain way. Both cells are mutually oblivious. Both just follow a contract. One produces Acetylcholine (ACh) as output, the other consumes ACh as input. Where the ACh is going, where it´s coming from neither cell cares about. Million years of evolution have led to this kind of division of labor. And million years of evolution have produced organism designs (DNA) which lead to the production of these different cell types (and many others) and also to their co-location. The result: the overall behavior of an organism. How and why this happened in nature is a mystery. For our software, though, it´s clear: functional and quality requirements needs to be fulfilled. So we as developers have to become “intelligent designers” of “software cells” which we put together to form a “software organism” which responds in satisfying ways to triggers from it´s environment. My bet is: If nature gets complex organisms working by following the PoMO, who are we to not apply this recipe for success to our much simpler “machines”? So my rule is: Wherever there is functionality to be delivered, because there is a clear Entry Point into software, design the functionality like nature would do it. Build it from mutually oblivious functional units. That´s what Flow Design is about. In that way it´s even universal, I´d say. Its notation can also be applied to biology: Never mind labeling the functional units with nouns. That´s ok in Flow Design. You´ll do that occassionally for functional units on a higher level of abstraction or when their purpose is close to hardware. Getting a cockroach to roam your bedroom takes 1,000,000 nerve cells (neurons). Getting the de-duplication program to do its job just takes 5 “software cells” (functional units). Both, though, follow the same basic principle. Translating functional units into code Moving from functional design to code is no rocket science. In fact it´s straightforward. There are two simple rules: Translate an input port to a function. Translate an output port either to a return statement in that function or to a function pointer visible to that function. The simplest translation of a functional unit is a function. That´s what you saw in the above example. Functions are mutually oblivious. That why Functional Programming likes them so much. It makes them composable. Which is the reason, nature works according to the PoMO. Let´s be clear about one thing: There is no dependency injection in nature. For all of an organism´s complexity no DI container is used. Behavior is the result of smooth cooperation between mutually oblivious building blocks. Functions will often be the adequate translation for the functional units in your designs. But not always. Take for example the case, where a processing step should not always produce an output. Maybe the purpose is to filter input. Here the functional unit consumes words and produces words. But it does not pass along every word flowing in. Some words are swallowed. Think of a spell checker. It probably should not check acronyms for correctness. There are too many of them. Or words with no more than two letters. Such words are called “stop words”. In the above picture the optionality of the output is signified by the astrisk outside the brackets. It means: Any number of (word) data items can flow from the functional unit for each input data item. It might be none or one or even more. This I call a stream of data. Such behavior cannot be translated into a function where output is generated with return. Because a function always needs to return a value. So the output port is translated into a function pointer or continuation which gets passed to the subroutine when called:[3]void filter_stop_words( string word, Action<string> onNoStopWord) { if (...check if not a stop word...) onNoStopWord(word); } If you want to be nitpicky you might call such a function pointer parameter an injection. And technically you´re right. Conceptually, though, it´s not an injection. Because the subroutine is not functionally dependent on the continuation. Firstly continuations are procedures, i.e. subroutines without a return type. Remember: Flow Design is about unidirectional data flow. Secondly the name of the formal parameter is chosen in a way as to not assume anything about downstream processing steps. onNoStopWord describes a situation (or event) within the functional unit only. Translating output ports into function pointers helps keeping functional units mutually oblivious in cases where output is optional or produced asynchronically. Either pass the function pointer to the function upon call. Or make it global by putting it on the encompassing class. Then it´s called an event. In C# that´s even an explicit feature.class Filter { public void filter_stop_words( string word) { if (...check if not a stop word...) onNoStopWord(word); } public event Action<string> onNoStopWord; } When to use a continuation and when to use an event dependens on how a functional unit is used in flows and how it´s packed together with others into classes. You´ll see examples further down the Flow Design road. Another example of 1D functional design Let´s see Flow Design once more in action using the visual notation. How about the famous word wrap kata? Robert C. Martin has posted a much cited solution including an extensive reasoning behind his TDD approach. So maybe you want to compare it to Flow Design. The function signature given is:string WordWrap(string text, int maxLineLength) {...} That´s not an Entry Point since we don´t see an application with an environment and users. Nevertheless it´s a function which is supposed to provide a certain functionality. The text passed in has to be reformatted. The input is a single line of arbitrary length consisting of words separated by spaces. The output should consist of one or more lines of a maximum length specified. If a word is longer than a the maximum line length it can be split in multiple parts each fitting in a line. Flow Design Let´s start by brainstorming the process to accomplish the feat of reformatting the text. What´s needed? Words need to be assembled into lines Words need to be extracted from the input text The resulting lines need to be assembled into the output text Words too long to fit in a line need to be split Does sound about right? I guess so. And it shows a kind of priority. Long words are a special case. So maybe there is a hint for an incremental design here. First let´s tackle “average words” (words not longer than a line). Here´s the Flow Design for this increment: The the first three bullet points turned into functional units with explicit data added. As the signature requires a text is transformed into another text. See the input of the first functional unit and the output of the last functional unit. In between no text flows, but words and lines. That´s good to see because thereby the domain is clearly represented in the design. The requirements are talking about words and lines and here they are. But note the asterisk! It´s not outside the brackets but inside. That means it´s not a stream of words or lines, but lists or sequences. For each text a sequence of words is output. For each sequence of words a sequence of lines is produced. The asterisk is used to abstract from the concrete implementation. Like with streams. Whether the list of words gets implemented as an array or an IEnumerable is not important during design. It´s an implementation detail. Does any processing step require further refinement? I don´t think so. They all look pretty “atomic” to me. And if not… I can always backtrack and refine a process step using functional design later once I´ve gained more insight into a sub-problem. Implementation The implementation is straightforward as you can imagine. The processing steps can all be translated into functions. Each can be tested easily and separately. Each has a focused responsibility. And the process flow becomes just a sequence of function calls: Easy to understand. It clearly states how word wrapping works - on a high level of abstraction. And it´s easy to evolve as you´ll see. Flow Design - Increment 2 So far only texts consisting of “average words” are wrapped correctly. Words not fitting in a line will result in lines too long. Wrapping long words is a feature of the requested functionality. Whether it´s there or not makes a difference to the user. To quickly get feedback I decided to first implement a solution without this feature. But now it´s time to add it to deliver the full scope. Fortunately Flow Design automatically leads to code following the Open Closed Principle (OCP). It´s easy to extend it - instead of changing well tested code. How´s that possible? Flow Design allows for extension of functionality by inserting functional units into the flow. That way existing functional units need not be changed. The data flow arrow between functional units is a natural extension point. No need to resort to the Strategy Pattern. No need to think ahead where extions might need to be made in the future. I just “phase in” the remaining processing step: Since neither Extract words nor Reformat know of their environment neither needs to be touched due to the “detour”. The new processing step accepts the output of the existing upstream step and produces data compatible with the existing downstream step. Implementation - Increment 2 A trivial implementation checking the assumption if this works does not do anything to split long words. The input is just passed on: Note how clean WordWrap() stays. The solution is easy to understand. A developer looking at this code sometime in the future, when a new feature needs to be build in, quickly sees how long words are dealt with. Compare this to Robert C. Martin´s solution:[4] How does this solution handle long words? Long words are not even part of the domain language present in the code. At least I need considerable time to understand the approach. Admittedly the Flow Design solution with the full implementation of long word splitting is longer than Robert C. Martin´s. At least it seems. Because his solution does not cover all the “word wrap situations” the Flow Design solution handles. Some lines would need to be added to be on par, I guess. But even then… Is a difference in LOC that important as long as it´s in the same ball park? I value understandability and openness for extension higher than saving on the last line of code. Simplicity is not just less code, it´s also clarity in design. But don´t take my word for it. Try Flow Design on larger problems and compare for yourself. What´s the easier, more straightforward way to clean code? And keep in mind: You ain´t seen all yet ;-) There´s more to Flow Design than described in this chapter. In closing I hope I was able to give you a impression of functional design that makes you hungry for more. To me it´s an inevitable step in software development. Jumping from requirements to code does not scale. And it leads to dirty code all to quickly. Some thought should be invested first. Where there is a clear Entry Point visible, it´s functionality should be designed using data flows. Because with data flows abstraction is possible. For more background on why that´s necessary read my blog article here. For now let me point out to you - if you haven´t already noticed - that Flow Design is a general purpose declarative language. It´s “programming by intention” (Shalloway et al.). Just write down how you think the solution should work on a high level of abstraction. This breaks down a large problem in smaller problems. And by following the PoMO the solutions to those smaller problems are independent of each other. So they are easy to test. Or you could even think about getting them implemented in parallel by different team members. Flow Design not only increases evolvability, but also helps becoming more productive. All team members can participate in functional design. This goes beyon collective code ownership. We´re talking collective design/architecture ownership. Because with Flow Design there is a common visual language to talk about functional design - which is the foundation for all other design activities.   PS: If you like what you read, consider getting my ebook “The Incremental Architekt´s Napkin”. It´s where I compile all the articles in this series for easier reading. I like the strictness of Function Programming - but I also find it quite hard to live by. And it certainly is not what millions of programmers are used to. Also to me it seems, the real world is full of state and side effects. So why give them such a bad image? That´s why functional design takes a more pragmatic approach. State and side effects are ok for processing steps - but be sure to follow the SRP. Don´t put too much of it into a single processing step. ? Image taken from www.physioweb.org ? My code samples are written in C#. C# sports typed function pointers called delegates. Action is such a function pointer type matching functions with signature void someName(T t). Other languages provide similar ways to work with functions as first class citizens - even Java now in version 8. I trust you find a way to map this detail of my translation to your favorite programming language. I know it works for Java, C++, Ruby, JavaScript, Python, Go. And if you´re using a Functional Programming language it´s of course a no brainer. ? Taken from his blog post “The Craftsman 62, The Dark Path”. ?

    Read the article

  • DHCP settings out of range Internet shuts off after a few minutes

    - by user263115
    I recently upgraded from windows eight to windows 8.1 I do not know if this has anything to do with anything I have a 64 bit OS. My Internet goes off by itself every 5 minutes even though my wireless icon at the lower right of the screen still shows connected I had an error message in the last event in it said that might DHCP settings were out of range. I get my internet at my house through a wireless portable hotspot through my smart phone. But i haven't ever had any problems before and i only have this problem on this network. If i turn airplane mode on and reset my network card, the internet will come back to life but soon die. i don't experience this problem while on a different network or if i'm on WiFi. This s really annoying please help Windows IP Configuration Host Name . . . . . . . . . . . . : NastyMcnastyJr Primary Dns Suffix . . . . . . . : Node Type . . . . . . . . . . . . : Hybrid IP Routing Enabled. . . . . . . . : No WINS Proxy Enabled. . . . . . . . : No Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection: Media State . . . . . . . . . . . : Media disconnected Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : TeamViewer VPN Adapter Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 00-FF-5D-13-26-21 DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Wireless LAN adapter Local Area Connection* 11: Media State . . . . . . . . . . . : Media disconnected Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Microsoft Wi-Fi Direct Virtual Adapter Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : F6-B7-E2-50-09-38 DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Wireless LAN adapter SAMMY McNASTY: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Broadcom 802.11n Network Adapter Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : F4-B7-E2-50-09-38 DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . . : fe80::3107:66bc:cf1f:c776%4(Preferred) IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.43.3(Preferred) Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Lease Obtained. . . . . . . . . . : Friday, November 1, 2013 9:50:20 PM Lease Expires . . . . . . . . . . : Saturday, November 2, 2013 12:56:46 AM Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.43.1 DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.43.1 DHCPv6 IAID . . . . . . . . . . . : 83146722 DHCPv6 Client DUID. . . . . . . . : 00-01-00-01-19-F1-98-B4-20-89-84-84-61-BB DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.43.1 NetBIOS over Tcpip. . . . . . . . : Enabled Ethernet adapter Ethernet: Media State . . . . . . . . . . . : Media disconnected Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Broadcom NetLink (TM) Gigabit Ethernet Physical Address. . . . . . . . . : 20-89-84-84-61-BB DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : Yes Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes Log Name: System Source: Microsoft-Windows-UserPnp Date: 10/26/2013 7:52:23 PM Event ID: 20003 Task Category: (7005) Level: Information Keywords: User: SYSTEM Computer: NastyMcnastyJr Description: Driver Management has concluded the process to add Service vwifibus for Device Instance ID PCI\VEN_14E4&DEV_4727&SUBSYS_E042105B&REV_01\4&3265ADAB&0&00E1 with the following status: 0. Event Xml: 20003 0 4 7005 0 0x8000000000000000 5118 System NastyMcnastyJr vwifibus \SystemRoot\system32\DRIVERS\vwifibus.sys PCI\VEN_14E4&DEV_4727&SUBSYS_E042105B&REV_01\4&3265ADAB&0&00E1 false true 0 Log Name: System Source: Microsoft-Windows-UserPnp Date: 10/19/2013 3:29:12 PM Event ID: 20001 Task Category: (7005) Level: Information Keywords: User: SYSTEM Computer: NastyMcnastyJr Description: Driver Management concluded the process to install driver netbc64.inf_amd64_0df63b5297d0f820\netbc64.inf for Device Instance ID PCI\VEN_14E4&DEV_4727&SUBSYS_E042105B&REV_01\4&3265ADAB&0&00E1 with the following status: 0x0. Event Xml: 20001 0 4 7005 0 0x8000000000000000 2015 System NastyMcnastyJr netbc64.inf_amd64_0df63b5297d0f820\netbc64.inf 6.30.223.102 Microsoft PCI\VEN_14E4&DEV_4727&SUBSYS_E042105B&REV_01\4&3265ADAB&0&00E1 {4D36E972-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} false false false 0x0 Broadcom 802.11n Network Adapter Log Name: System Source: Microsoft-Windows-DNS-Client Date: 11/2/2013 12:24:59 AM Event ID: 1014 Task Category: (1014) Level: Warning Keywords: (268435456) User: NETWORK SERVICE Computer: NastyMcnastyJr Description: Name resolution for the name www.google.com timed out after none of the configured DNS servers responded. Event Xml: 1014 0 3 1014 0 0x4000000010000000 34771 System NastyMcnastyJr www.google.com 128 02000000C0A82B01000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000

    Read the article

  • PC hangs and reboots from time to time

    - by Bevor
    Hello, I have a very strange problem: Since I have my new PC, I have always had problems with it. From time to time the computer freezes for some seconds and suddendly reboots by itself. I've had this problem since Ubuntu 9.10. The same with 10.04 and 10.10. That's why I don't think it's a software failure because the problem persist too long. It doesn't have anything to do with what I'm doing at this time. Sometimes I listen to music, sometimes I only use Firefox, sometimes I'm running 2 or 3 VMs, sometimes I watch DVD. So it's not isolatable. I could freeze once a day or once a week. I put the PC to the vendor twice(!). The first time they changed my power supply but the problem persisted. The second time they told me that they made some heavy performance tests 50 hours long but they didn't find anything. (How can that be that I have daily freezes with normal usage). The vendor didn't check the hard discs because they used their own disc with Windows. (So they never checked the Linux installation). Yesterday I made some intensive hard disc scans with "SMART" but no errors were found. I ran memtest for 3 times but no errors found. I already had this problem in my old flat, so I doubt that I has something to do with current fluctuation. I already tried another electrical socket and changed to connector strip but the problem persists. At the moment I removed 2 of the RAMs (2x 2GB). In all I have 6GB, 2x2GB and 2x1GB. Could this difference maybe be a problem? Here is a list of my components. I hope that anybody find something I didn't think about yet. And here a list of my components: 1x AMD Phenom II X4 965 Black Edition, 3,4Ghz, Quad Core, S-AM3, Boxed 2x DDR3-RAM 2048MB, PC3-1333 Mhz, CL9, Kingston ValueRAM 2x DDR3-RAM 1024MB, PC3-1333 Mhz, CL9, Kingston ValueRAM 2x SATA II Seagate Barracuda 7200.12, 1TB 32MB Cache = RAID 1 1x DVD ROM SATA LG DH16NSR, 16x/52x 1x DVD-+R/-+RW SATA LG GH-22NS50 1x Cardreader 18in1 1x PCI-E 2.0 GeForce GTS 250, Retail, 1024MB 1x Power Supply ATX 400 Watt, CHIEFTEC APS-400S, 80 Plus 1x Network card PCI Intel PRO/1000GT 10/100/1000 MBit 1x Mainboard Socket-AM3 ASUS M4A79XTD EVO, ATX lshw: description: Desktop Computer product: System Product Name vendor: System manufacturer version: System Version serial: System Serial Number width: 64 bits capabilities: smbios-2.5 dmi-2.5 vsyscall64 vsyscall32 configuration: boot=normal chassis=desktop uuid=80E4001E-8C00-002C-AA59-E0CB4EBAC29A *-core description: Motherboard product: M4A79XTD EVO vendor: ASUSTeK Computer INC. physical id: 0 version: Rev X.0X serial: MT709CK11101196 slot: To Be Filled By O.E.M. *-firmware description: BIOS vendor: American Megatrends Inc. physical id: 0 version: 0704 (11/25/2009) size: 64KiB capacity: 960KiB capabilities: isa pci pnp apm upgrade shadowing escd cdboot bootselect socketedrom edd int13floppy1200 int13floppy720 int13floppy2880 int5printscreen int9keyboard int14serial int17printer int10video acpi usb ls120boot zipboot biosbootspecification *-cpu description: CPU product: AMD Phenom(tm) II X4 965 Processor vendor: Advanced Micro Devices [AMD] physical id: 4 bus info: cpu@0 version: AMD Phenom(tm) II X4 965 Processor serial: To Be Filled By O.E.M. slot: AM3 size: 800MHz capacity: 3400MHz width: 64 bits clock: 200MHz capabilities: fpu fpu_exception wp vme de pse tsc msr pae mce cx8 apic sep mtrr pge mca cmov pat pse36 clflush mmx fxsr sse sse2 ht syscall nx mmxext fxsr_opt pdpe1gb rdtscp x86-64 3dnowext 3dnow constant_tsc rep_good nonstop_tsc extd_apicid pni monitor cx16 popcnt lahf_lm cmp_legacy svm extapic cr8_legacy abm sse4a misalignsse 3dnowprefetch osvw ibs skinit wdt npt lbrv svm_lock nrip_save cpufreq *-cache:0 description: L1 cache physical id: 5 slot: L1-Cache size: 512KiB capacity: 512KiB capabilities: pipeline-burst internal varies data *-cache:1 description: L2 cache physical id: 6 slot: L2-Cache size: 2MiB capacity: 2MiB capabilities: pipeline-burst internal varies unified *-cache:2 description: L3 cache physical id: 7 slot: L3-Cache size: 6MiB capacity: 6MiB capabilities: pipeline-burst internal varies unified *-memory description: System Memory physical id: 36 slot: System board or motherboard size: 2GiB *-bank:0 description: DIMM Synchronous 1333 MHz (0.8 ns) product: ModulePartNumber00 vendor: Manufacturer00 physical id: 0 serial: SerNum00 slot: DIMM0 size: 1GiB width: 64 bits clock: 1333MHz (0.8ns) *-bank:1 description: DIMM Synchronous 1333 MHz (0.8 ns) product: ModulePartNumber01 vendor: Manufacturer01 physical id: 1 serial: SerNum01 slot: DIMM1 size: 1GiB width: 64 bits clock: 1333MHz (0.8ns) *-bank:2 description: DIMM [empty] product: ModulePartNumber02 vendor: Manufacturer02 physical id: 2 serial: SerNum02 slot: DIMM2 *-bank:3 description: DIMM [empty] product: ModulePartNumber03 vendor: Manufacturer03 physical id: 3 serial: SerNum03 slot: DIMM3 *-pci:0 description: Host bridge product: RD780 Northbridge only dual slot PCI-e_GFX and HT1 K8 part vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 100 bus info: pci@0000:00:00.0 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz *-pci:0 description: PCI bridge product: RD790 PCI to PCI bridge (external gfx0 port A) vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 2 bus info: pci@0000:00:02.0 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 33MHz capabilities: pci pm pciexpress msi ht normal_decode bus_master cap_list configuration: driver=pcieport resources: irq:40 ioport:a000(size=4096) memory:f8000000-fbbfffff ioport:d0000000(size=268435456) *-display description: VGA compatible controller product: G92 [GeForce GTS 250] vendor: nVidia Corporation physical id: 0 bus info: pci@0000:01:00.0 version: a2 width: 64 bits clock: 33MHz capabilities: pm msi pciexpress vga_controller bus_master cap_list rom configuration: driver=nvidia latency=0 resources: irq:18 memory:fa000000-faffffff memory:d0000000-dfffffff memory:f8000000-f9ffffff ioport:ac00(size=128) memory:fbbe0000-fbbfffff *-pci:1 description: PCI bridge product: RD790 PCI to PCI bridge (PCI express gpp port C) vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 6 bus info: pci@0000:00:06.0 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 33MHz capabilities: pci pm pciexpress msi ht normal_decode bus_master cap_list configuration: driver=pcieport resources: irq:41 ioport:b000(size=4096) memory:fbc00000-fbcfffff ioport:f6f00000(size=1048576) *-network description: Ethernet interface product: RTL8111/8168B PCI Express Gigabit Ethernet controller vendor: Realtek Semiconductor Co., Ltd. physical id: 0 bus info: pci@0000:02:00.0 logical name: eth0 version: 03 serial: e0:cb:4e:ba:c2:9a size: 10MB/s capacity: 1GB/s width: 64 bits clock: 33MHz capabilities: pm msi pciexpress msix vpd bus_master cap_list rom ethernet physical tp mii 10bt 10bt-fd 100bt 100bt-fd 1000bt 1000bt-fd autonegotiation configuration: autonegotiation=on broadcast=yes driver=r8169 driverversion=2.3LK-NAPI duplex=half latency=0 link=no multicast=yes port=MII speed=10MB/s resources: irq:45 ioport:b800(size=256) memory:f6fff000-f6ffffff memory:f6ff8000-f6ffbfff memory:fbcf0000-fbcfffff *-pci:2 description: PCI bridge product: RD790 PCI to PCI bridge (PCI express gpp port D) vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 7 bus info: pci@0000:00:07.0 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 33MHz capabilities: pci pm pciexpress msi ht normal_decode bus_master cap_list configuration: driver=pcieport resources: irq:42 ioport:c000(size=4096) memory:fbd00000-fbdfffff *-firewire description: FireWire (IEEE 1394) product: VT6315 Series Firewire Controller vendor: VIA Technologies, Inc. physical id: 0 bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0 version: 00 width: 64 bits clock: 33MHz capabilities: pm msi pciexpress ohci bus_master cap_list configuration: driver=firewire_ohci latency=0 resources: irq:19 memory:fbdff800-fbdfffff ioport:c800(size=256) *-pci:3 description: PCI bridge product: RD790 PCI to PCI bridge (PCI express gpp port E) vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 9 bus info: pci@0000:00:09.0 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 33MHz capabilities: pci pm pciexpress msi ht normal_decode bus_master cap_list configuration: driver=pcieport resources: irq:43 ioport:d000(size=4096) memory:fbe00000-fbefffff *-ide description: IDE interface product: 88SE6121 SATA II Controller vendor: Marvell Technology Group Ltd. physical id: 0 bus info: pci@0000:04:00.0 version: b2 width: 32 bits clock: 33MHz capabilities: ide pm msi pciexpress bus_master cap_list configuration: driver=pata_marvell latency=0 resources: irq:17 ioport:dc00(size=8) ioport:d880(size=4) ioport:d800(size=8) ioport:d480(size=4) ioport:d400(size=16) memory:fbeffc00-fbefffff *-storage description: SATA controller product: SB700/SB800 SATA Controller [IDE mode] vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 11 bus info: pci@0000:00:11.0 logical name: scsi0 logical name: scsi2 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: storage msi ahci_1.0 bus_master cap_list emulated configuration: driver=ahci latency=64 resources: irq:44 ioport:9000(size=8) ioport:8000(size=4) ioport:7000(size=8) ioport:6000(size=4) ioport:5000(size=16) memory:f7fffc00-f7ffffff *-disk:0 description: ATA Disk product: ST31000528AS vendor: Seagate physical id: 0 bus info: scsi@0:0.0.0 logical name: /dev/sda version: CC38 serial: 9VP3WD9Z size: 931GiB (1TB) capabilities: partitioned partitioned:dos configuration: ansiversion=5 signature=000ad206 *-volume:0 UNCLAIMED description: Linux filesystem partition vendor: Linux physical id: 1 bus info: scsi@0:0.0.0,1 version: 1.0 serial: 81839235-21ea-4853-90a4-814779f49000 size: 972MiB capacity: 972MiB capabilities: primary ext2 initialized configuration: filesystem=ext2 modified=2010-12-06 18:32:58 mounted=2010-11-01 07:05:10 state=unknown *-volume:1 UNCLAIMED description: Linux swap volume physical id: 2 bus info: scsi@0:0.0.0,2 version: 1 serial: 22b881d5-6f5c-484d-94e8-e231896fa91b size: 486MiB capacity: 486MiB capabilities: primary nofs swap initialized configuration: filesystem=swap pagesize=4096 *-volume:2 UNCLAIMED description: EXT3 volume vendor: Linux physical id: 3 bus info: scsi@0:0.0.0,3 version: 1.0 serial: ad5b0daf-11e8-4f8f-8598-4e89da9c0d84 size: 47GiB capacity: 47GiB capabilities: primary journaled extended_attributes large_files recover ext3 ext2 initialized configuration: created=2010-02-16 20:42:29 filesystem=ext3 modified=2010-11-29 17:02:34 mounted=2010-12-06 18:32:50 state=clean *-volume:3 UNCLAIMED description: Extended partition physical id: 4 bus info: scsi@0:0.0.0,4 size: 882GiB capacity: 882GiB capabilities: primary extended partitioned partitioned:extended *-logicalvolume UNCLAIMED description: Linux filesystem partition physical id: 5 capacity: 882GiB *-disk:1 description: ATA Disk product: ST31000528AS vendor: Seagate physical id: 1 bus info: scsi@2:0.0.0 logical name: /dev/sdb version: CC38 serial: 9VP3SCPF size: 931GiB (1TB) capabilities: partitioned partitioned:dos configuration: ansiversion=5 signature=000ad206 *-volume:0 UNCLAIMED description: Linux filesystem partition vendor: Linux physical id: 1 bus info: scsi@2:0.0.0,1 version: 1.0 serial: 81839235-21ea-4853-90a4-814779f49000 size: 972MiB capacity: 972MiB capabilities: primary ext2 initialized configuration: filesystem=ext2 modified=2010-12-06 18:32:58 mounted=2010-11-01 07:05:10 state=unknown *-volume:1 UNCLAIMED description: Linux swap volume physical id: 2 bus info: scsi@2:0.0.0,2 version: 1 serial: 22b881d5-6f5c-484d-94e8-e231896fa91b size: 486MiB capacity: 486MiB capabilities: primary nofs swap initialized configuration: filesystem=swap pagesize=4096 *-volume:2 UNCLAIMED description: EXT3 volume vendor: Linux physical id: 3 bus info: scsi@2:0.0.0,3 version: 1.0 serial: ad5b0daf-11e8-4f8f-8598-4e89da9c0d84 size: 47GiB capacity: 47GiB capabilities: primary journaled extended_attributes large_files recover ext3 ext2 initialized configuration: created=2010-02-16 20:42:29 filesystem=ext3 modified=2010-11-29 17:02:34 mounted=2010-12-06 18:32:50 state=clean *-volume:3 UNCLAIMED description: Extended partition physical id: 4 bus info: scsi@2:0.0.0,4 size: 882GiB capacity: 882GiB capabilities: primary extended partitioned partitioned:extended *-logicalvolume UNCLAIMED description: Linux filesystem partition physical id: 5 capacity: 882GiB *-usb:0 description: USB Controller product: SB700/SB800 USB OHCI0 Controller vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 12 bus info: pci@0000:00:12.0 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: ohci bus_master configuration: driver=ohci_hcd latency=64 resources: irq:16 memory:f7ffd000-f7ffdfff *-usb:1 description: USB Controller product: SB700 USB OHCI1 Controller vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 12.1 bus info: pci@0000:00:12.1 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: ohci bus_master configuration: driver=ohci_hcd latency=64 resources: irq:16 memory:f7ffe000-f7ffefff *-usb:2 description: USB Controller product: SB700/SB800 USB EHCI Controller vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 12.2 bus info: pci@0000:00:12.2 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: pm debug ehci bus_master cap_list configuration: driver=ehci_hcd latency=64 resources: irq:17 memory:f7fff800-f7fff8ff *-usb:3 description: USB Controller product: SB700/SB800 USB OHCI0 Controller vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 13 bus info: pci@0000:00:13.0 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: ohci bus_master configuration: driver=ohci_hcd latency=64 resources: irq:18 memory:f7ffb000-f7ffbfff *-usb:4 description: USB Controller product: SB700 USB OHCI1 Controller vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 13.1 bus info: pci@0000:00:13.1 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: ohci bus_master configuration: driver=ohci_hcd latency=64 resources: irq:18 memory:f7ffc000-f7ffcfff *-usb:5 description: USB Controller product: SB700/SB800 USB EHCI Controller vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 13.2 bus info: pci@0000:00:13.2 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: pm debug ehci bus_master cap_list configuration: driver=ehci_hcd latency=64 resources: irq:19 memory:f7fff400-f7fff4ff *-serial UNCLAIMED description: SMBus product: SBx00 SMBus Controller vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 14 bus info: pci@0000:00:14.0 version: 3c width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: ht cap_list configuration: latency=0 *-ide description: IDE interface product: SB700/SB800 IDE Controller vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 14.1 bus info: pci@0000:00:14.1 logical name: scsi5 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: ide msi bus_master cap_list emulated configuration: driver=pata_atiixp latency=64 resources: irq:16 ioport:1f0(size=8) ioport:3f6 ioport:170(size=8) ioport:376 ioport:ff00(size=16) *-cdrom:0 description: DVD reader product: DVDROM DH16NS30 vendor: HL-DT-ST physical id: 0.0.0 bus info: scsi@5:0.0.0 logical name: /dev/cdrom1 logical name: /dev/dvd1 logical name: /dev/scd0 logical name: /dev/sr0 version: 1.00 capabilities: removable audio dvd configuration: ansiversion=5 status=nodisc *-cdrom:1 description: DVD-RAM writer product: DVDRAM GH22NS50 vendor: HL-DT-ST physical id: 0.1.0 bus info: scsi@5:0.1.0 logical name: /dev/cdrom logical name: /dev/cdrw logical name: /dev/dvd logical name: /dev/dvdrw logical name: /dev/scd1 logical name: /dev/sr1 version: TN02 capabilities: removable audio cd-r cd-rw dvd dvd-r dvd-ram configuration: ansiversion=5 status=nodisc *-multimedia description: Audio device product: SBx00 Azalia (Intel HDA) vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 14.2 bus info: pci@0000:00:14.2 version: 00 width: 64 bits clock: 33MHz capabilities: pm bus_master cap_list configuration: driver=HDA Intel latency=64 resources: irq:16 memory:f7ff4000-f7ff7fff *-isa description: ISA bridge product: SB700/SB800 LPC host controller vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 14.3 bus info: pci@0000:00:14.3 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: isa bus_master configuration: latency=0 *-pci:4 description: PCI bridge product: SBx00 PCI to PCI Bridge vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 14.4 bus info: pci@0000:00:14.4 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: pci subtractive_decode bus_master resources: ioport:e000(size=4096) memory:fbf00000-fbffffff *-network description: Ethernet interface product: 82541PI Gigabit Ethernet Controller vendor: Intel Corporation physical id: 5 bus info: pci@0000:05:05.0 logical name: eth1 version: 05 serial: 00:1b:21:56:f3:60 size: 100MB/s capacity: 1GB/s width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: pm pcix bus_master cap_list rom ethernet physical tp 10bt 10bt-fd 100bt 100bt-fd 1000bt-fd autonegotiation configuration: autonegotiation=on broadcast=yes driver=e1000 driverversion=7.3.21-k6-NAPI duplex=full firmware=N/A ip=192.168.1.2 latency=64 link=yes mingnt=255 multicast=yes port=twisted pair speed=100MB/s resources: irq:20 memory:fbfe0000-fbffffff memory:fbfc0000-fbfdffff ioport:ec00(size=64) memory:fbfa0000-fbfbffff *-usb:6 description: USB Controller product: SB700/SB800 USB OHCI2 Controller vendor: ATI Technologies Inc physical id: 14.5 bus info: pci@0000:00:14.5 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 66MHz capabilities: ohci bus_master configuration: driver=ohci_hcd latency=64 resources: irq:18 memory:f7ffa000-f7ffafff *-pci:1 description: Host bridge product: Family 10h Processor HyperTransport Configuration vendor: Advanced Micro Devices [AMD] physical id: 101 bus info: pci@0000:00:18.0 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 33MHz *-pci:2 description: Host bridge product: Family 10h Processor Address Map vendor: Advanced Micro Devices [AMD] physical id: 102 bus info: pci@0000:00:18.1 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 33MHz *-pci:3 description: Host bridge product: Family 10h Processor DRAM Controller vendor: Advanced Micro Devices [AMD] physical id: 103 bus info: pci@0000:00:18.2 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 33MHz *-pci:4 description: Host bridge product: Family 10h Processor Miscellaneous Control vendor: Advanced Micro Devices [AMD] physical id: 104 bus info: pci@0000:00:18.3 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 33MHz configuration: driver=k10temp resources: irq:0 *-pci:5 description: Host bridge product: Family 10h Processor Link Control vendor: Advanced Micro Devices [AMD] physical id: 105 bus info: pci@0000:00:18.4 version: 00 width: 32 bits clock: 33MHz *-scsi physical id: 1 bus info: usb@2:3 logical name: scsi8 capabilities: emulated scsi-host configuration: driver=usb-storage *-disk:0 description: SCSI Disk physical id: 0.0.0 bus info: scsi@8:0.0.0 logical name: /dev/sdc *-disk:1 description: SCSI Disk physical id: 0.0.1 bus info: scsi@8:0.0.1 logical name: /dev/sdd *-disk:2 description: SCSI Disk physical id: 0.0.2 bus info: scsi@8:0.0.2 logical name: /dev/sde *-disk:3 description: SCSI Disk physical id: 0.0.3 bus info: scsi@8:0.0.3 logical name: /dev/sdf *-network DISABLED description: Ethernet interface physical id: 1 logical name: vboxnet0 serial: 0a:00:27:00:00:00 capabilities: ethernet physical configuration: broadcast=yes multicast=yes

    Read the article

  • DirectX works for 64-bit but not 32-bit

    - by dtbarne
    I'm trying to play a game (Civilization 5) which was previously working but no longer. I believe I've narrowed it down to a DirectX issue because I get an error running dxdiag.exe in 32 bit mode. My goal (at least I believe) is to get Direct3D Acceleration "Enabled" in dxdiag (as it is in 64 bit dxdiag). A very similar issue is here: http://answers.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/forum/windows_7-gaming/direct3d-acceleration-is-not-available-in-windows/4c345e6e-dc68-e011-8dfc-68b599b31bf5?page=1 The proposed answer, which looks very promising, doesn't seem to work for me. Like other users in that thread, HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Microsoft\Direct3D\Drivers does not have a SoftwareOnly key to change. I even tried manually adding it as a string and dword, to no avail. I have a NVIDIA GeForce GT 525M, and before you ask, yes I've tried updating (also uninstalling, reinstalling) my drivers. I've also tried doing the same with DirectX (and Civilization 5 for that matter). Been debugging for some 4+ hours now after a full day of work and I've run out of ideas. I'm hoping somebody knows the solution here! :) Here's what I see when I open dxdiag: DxDiag has detected that there mgiht have been a problem accessing Direct3D the last time this program was used. Would you like to bypass Direct3D this time? No - Crash Yes - Works, but in Display tab: DirectDraw Acceleration: Disabled Direct3D Acceleration: Not Available AGP Texture Acceleration: Not Available If I click "Run 64-bit DxDiag", all three are "Enabled". I should also note that I've tried the following steps as Microsoft suggests, but I'm not able to do so as the "Change Settings" button is disabled. Some programs run very slowly—or not at all—unless Microsoft DirectDraw or Direct3D hardware acceleration is turned on. To determine this, click the Display tab, and then under DirectX Features, check to see whether DirectDraw, Direct3D, and AGP Texture Acceleration appear as Enabled. If not, try turning on hardware acceleration. Click to open Screen Resolution. Click Advanced settings. Click the Troubleshoot tab, and then click Change settings. If you're prompted for an administrator password or confirmation, type the password or provide confirmation. Move the Hardware Acceleration slider to Full. Full dxdiag dump: ------------------ System Information ------------------ Time of this report: 11/8/2012, 23:13:24 Machine name: DTBARNE Operating System: Windows 7 Professional 64-bit (6.1, Build 7601) Service Pack 1 (7601.win7sp1_gdr.120830-0333) Language: English (Regional Setting: English) System Manufacturer: Dell Inc. System Model: Dell System XPS L502X BIOS: Default System BIOS Processor: Intel(R) Core(TM) i5-2450M CPU @ 2.50GHz (4 CPUs), ~2.5GHz Memory: 8192MB RAM Available OS Memory: 8086MB RAM Page File: 2466MB used, 13704MB available Windows Dir: C:\Windows DirectX Version: DirectX 11 DX Setup Parameters: Not found User DPI Setting: Using System DPI System DPI Setting: 96 DPI (100 percent) DWM DPI Scaling: Disabled DxDiag Version: 6.01.7601.17514 32bit Unicode DxDiag Previously: Crashed in Direct3D (stage 2). Re-running DxDiag with "dontskip" command line parameter or choosing not to bypass information gathering when prompted might result in DxDiag successfully obtaining this information ------------ DxDiag Notes ------------ Display Tab 1: No problems found. Sound Tab 1: No problems found. Sound Tab 2: No problems found. Input Tab: No problems found. -------------------- DirectX Debug Levels -------------------- Direct3D: 0/4 (retail) DirectDraw: 0/4 (retail) DirectInput: 0/5 (retail) DirectMusic: 0/5 (retail) DirectPlay: 0/9 (retail) DirectSound: 0/5 (retail) DirectShow: 0/6 (retail) --------------- Display Devices --------------- Card name: Intel(R) HD Graphics 3000 Manufacturer: Chip type: DAC type: Device Key: Enum\PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_0126&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_09 Display Memory: Dedicated Memory: n/a Shared Memory: n/a Current Mode: 1920 x 1080 (32 bit) (60Hz) Monitor Name: Generic PnP Monitor Monitor Model: Monitor Id: Native Mode: Output Type: Driver Name: Driver File Version: () Driver Version: DDI Version: Driver Model: WDDM 1.1 Driver Attributes: Final Retail Driver Date/Size: , 0 bytes WHQL Logo'd: n/a WHQL Date Stamp: n/a Device Identifier: Vendor ID: Device ID: SubSys ID: Revision ID: Driver Strong Name: oem11.inf:IntelGfx.NTamd64.6.0:iSNBM0:8.15.10.2696:pci\ven_8086&dev_0126&subsys_04b61028 Rank Of Driver: 00E60001 Video Accel: Deinterlace Caps: n/a D3D9 Overlay: DXVA-HD: DDraw Status: Disabled D3D Status: Not Available AGP Status: Not Available ------------- Sound Devices ------------- Description: Speakers (High Definition Audio Device) Default Sound Playback: Yes Default Voice Playback: Yes Hardware ID: HDAUDIO\FUNC_01&VEN_10EC&DEV_0665&SUBSYS_102804B6&REV_1000 Manufacturer ID: 1 Product ID: 65535 Type: WDM Driver Name: HdAudio.sys Driver Version: 6.01.7601.17514 (English) Driver Attributes: Final Retail WHQL Logo'd: Yes Date and Size: 11/20/2010 22:23:47, 350208 bytes Other Files: Driver Provider: Microsoft HW Accel Level: Basic Cap Flags: 0xF1F Min/Max Sample Rate: 100, 200000 Static/Strm HW Mix Bufs: 1, 0 Static/Strm HW 3D Bufs: 0, 0 HW Memory: 0 Voice Management: No EAX(tm) 2.0 Listen/Src: No, No I3DL2(tm) Listen/Src: No, No Sensaura(tm) ZoomFX(tm): No Description: Digital Audio (S/PDIF) (High Definition Audio Device) Default Sound Playback: No Default Voice Playback: No Hardware ID: HDAUDIO\FUNC_01&VEN_10EC&DEV_0665&SUBSYS_102804B6&REV_1000 Manufacturer ID: 1 Product ID: 65535 Type: WDM Driver Name: HdAudio.sys Driver Version: 6.01.7601.17514 (English) Driver Attributes: Final Retail WHQL Logo'd: Yes Date and Size: 11/20/2010 22:23:47, 350208 bytes Other Files: Driver Provider: Microsoft HW Accel Level: Basic Cap Flags: 0xF1F Min/Max Sample Rate: 100, 200000 Static/Strm HW Mix Bufs: 1, 0 Static/Strm HW 3D Bufs: 0, 0 HW Memory: 0 Voice Management: No EAX(tm) 2.0 Listen/Src: No, No I3DL2(tm) Listen/Src: No, No Sensaura(tm) ZoomFX(tm): No --------------------- Sound Capture Devices --------------------- Description: Microphone (High Definition Audio Device) Default Sound Capture: Yes Default Voice Capture: Yes Driver Name: HdAudio.sys Driver Version: 6.01.7601.17514 (English) Driver Attributes: Final Retail Date and Size: 11/20/2010 22:23:47, 350208 bytes Cap Flags: 0x1 Format Flags: 0xFFFFF ------------------- DirectInput Devices ------------------- Device Name: Mouse Attached: 1 Controller ID: n/a Vendor/Product ID: n/a FF Driver: n/a Device Name: Keyboard Attached: 1 Controller ID: n/a Vendor/Product ID: n/a FF Driver: n/a Poll w/ Interrupt: No ----------- USB Devices ----------- + USB Root Hub | Vendor/Product ID: 0x8086, 0x1C26 | Matching Device ID: usb\root_hub20 | Service: usbhub | +-+ Generic USB Hub | | Vendor/Product ID: 0x8087, 0x0024 | | Location: Port_#0001.Hub_#0002 | | Matching Device ID: usb\class_09 | | Service: usbhub ---------------- Gameport Devices ---------------- ------------ PS/2 Devices ------------ + Standard PS/2 Keyboard | Matching Device ID: *pnp0303 | Service: i8042prt | + Terminal Server Keyboard Driver | Matching Device ID: root\rdp_kbd | Upper Filters: kbdclass | Service: TermDD | + Synaptics PS/2 Port TouchPad | Matching Device ID: *dll04b6 | Upper Filters: SynTP | Service: i8042prt | + Terminal Server Mouse Driver | Matching Device ID: root\rdp_mou | Upper Filters: mouclass | Service: TermDD ------------------------ Disk & DVD/CD-ROM Drives ------------------------ Drive: C: Free Space: 26.2 GB Total Space: 122.0 GB File System: NTFS Model: M4-CT128M4SSD2 ATA Device Drive: D: Model: Optiarc DVDRWBD BC-5540H ATA Device Driver: c:\windows\system32\drivers\cdrom.sys, 6.01.7601.17514 (English), , 0 bytes -------------- System Devices -------------- Name: High Definition Audio Controller Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C20&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_05\3&11583659&0&D8 Driver: n/a Name: PCI standard host CPU bridge Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_0104&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_09\3&11583659&0&00 Driver: n/a Name: PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C1A&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_B5\3&11583659&0&E5 Driver: n/a Name: PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_0101&SUBSYS_20108086&REV_09\3&11583659&0&08 Driver: n/a Name: PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C18&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_B5\3&11583659&0&E4 Driver: n/a Name: Intel(R) Centrino(R) Advanced-N 6230 Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_0091&SUBSYS_52218086&REV_34\4&2634DE8D&0&00E1 Driver: n/a Name: PCI standard ISA bridge Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C4B&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_05\3&11583659&0&F8 Driver: n/a Name: PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C16&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_B5\3&11583659&0&E3 Driver: n/a Name: Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller Device ID: PCI\VEN_10EC&DEV_8168&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_06\4&109EAB2F&0&00E5 Driver: n/a Name: Intel(R) Management Engine Interface Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C3A&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_04\3&11583659&0&B0 Driver: n/a Name: PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C12&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_B5\3&11583659&0&E1 Driver: n/a Name: NVIDIA GeForce GT 525M Device ID: PCI\VEN_10DE&DEV_0DF5&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_A1\4&4DCA75F&0&0008 Driver: n/a Name: Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C2D&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_05\3&11583659&0&D0 Driver: n/a Name: PCI standard PCI-to-PCI bridge Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C10&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_B5\3&11583659&0&E0 Driver: n/a Name: Standard Enhanced PCI to USB Host Controller Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C26&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_05\3&11583659&0&E8 Driver: n/a Name: Standard AHCI 1.0 Serial ATA Controller Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C03&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_05\3&11583659&0&FA Driver: n/a Name: SM Bus Controller Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1C22&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_05\3&11583659&0&FB Driver: n/a Name: Intel(R) HD Graphics 3000 Device ID: PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_0126&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_09\3&11583659&0&10 Driver: n/a Name: Renesas Electronics USB 3.0 Host Controller Device ID: PCI\VEN_1033&DEV_0194&SUBSYS_04B61028&REV_04\4&3494AC3A&0&00E3 Driver: n/a ------------------ DirectShow Filters ------------------ DirectShow Filters: WMAudio Decoder DMO,0x00800800,1,1,WMADMOD.DLL,6.01.7601.17514 WMAPro over S/PDIF DMO,0x00600800,1,1,WMADMOD.DLL,6.01.7601.17514 WMSpeech Decoder DMO,0x00600800,1,1,WMSPDMOD.DLL,6.01.7601.17514 MP3 Decoder DMO,0x00600800,1,1,mp3dmod.dll,6.01.7600.16385 Mpeg4s Decoder DMO,0x00800001,1,1,mp4sdecd.dll,6.01.7600.16385 WMV Screen decoder DMO,0x00600800,1,1,wmvsdecd.dll,6.01.7601.17514 WMVideo Decoder DMO,0x00800001,1,1,wmvdecod.dll,6.01.7601.17514 Mpeg43 Decoder DMO,0x00800001,1,1,mp43decd.dll,6.01.7600.16385 Mpeg4 Decoder DMO,0x00800001,1,1,mpg4decd.dll,6.01.7600.16385 DV Muxer,0x00400000,0,0,qdv.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Color Space Converter,0x00400001,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 WM ASF Reader,0x00400000,0,0,qasf.dll,12.00.7601.17514 Screen Capture filter,0x00200000,0,1,wmpsrcwp.dll,12.00.7601.17514 AVI Splitter,0x00600000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 VGA 16 Color Ditherer,0x00400000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 SBE2MediaTypeProfile,0x00200000,0,0,sbe.dll,6.06.7601.17528 Microsoft DTV-DVD Video Decoder,0x005fffff,2,4,msmpeg2vdec.dll,6.01.7140.0000 AC3 Parser Filter,0x00600000,1,1,mpg2splt.ax,6.06.7601.17528 StreamBufferSink,0x00200000,0,0,sbe.dll,6.06.7601.17528 MJPEG Decompressor,0x00600000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 MPEG-I Stream Splitter,0x00600000,1,2,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 SAMI (CC) Parser,0x00400000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 VBI Codec,0x00600000,1,4,VBICodec.ax,6.06.7601.17514 MPEG-2 Splitter,0x005fffff,1,0,mpg2splt.ax,6.06.7601.17528 Closed Captions Analysis Filter,0x00200000,2,5,cca.dll,6.06.7601.17514 SBE2FileScan,0x00200000,0,0,sbe.dll,6.06.7601.17528 Microsoft MPEG-2 Video Encoder,0x00200000,1,1,msmpeg2enc.dll,6.01.7601.17514 Internal Script Command Renderer,0x00800001,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 MPEG Audio Decoder,0x03680001,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 DV Splitter,0x00600000,1,2,qdv.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Video Mixing Renderer 9,0x00200000,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Microsoft MPEG-2 Encoder,0x00200000,2,1,msmpeg2enc.dll,6.01.7601.17514 ACM Wrapper,0x00600000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Video Renderer,0x00800001,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 MPEG-2 Video Stream Analyzer,0x00200000,0,0,sbe.dll,6.06.7601.17528 Line 21 Decoder,0x00600000,1,1,qdvd.dll,6.06.7601.17835 Video Port Manager,0x00600000,2,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Video Renderer,0x00400000,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 VPS Decoder,0x00200000,0,0,WSTPager.ax,6.06.7601.17514 WM ASF Writer,0x00400000,0,0,qasf.dll,12.00.7601.17514 VBI Surface Allocator,0x00600000,1,1,vbisurf.ax,6.01.7601.17514 File writer,0x00200000,1,0,qcap.dll,6.06.7601.17514 iTV Data Sink,0x00600000,1,0,itvdata.dll,6.06.7601.17514 iTV Data Capture filter,0x00600000,1,1,itvdata.dll,6.06.7601.17514 DVD Navigator,0x00200000,0,3,qdvd.dll,6.06.7601.17835 Overlay Mixer2,0x00200000,1,1,qdvd.dll,6.06.7601.17835 AVI Draw,0x00600064,9,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 RDP DShow Redirection Filter,0xffffffff,1,0,DShowRdpFilter.dll, Microsoft MPEG-2 Audio Encoder,0x00200000,1,1,msmpeg2enc.dll,6.01.7601.17514 WST Pager,0x00200000,1,1,WSTPager.ax,6.06.7601.17514 MPEG-2 Demultiplexer,0x00600000,1,1,mpg2splt.ax,6.06.7601.17528 DV Video Decoder,0x00800000,1,1,qdv.dll,6.06.7601.17514 SampleGrabber,0x00200000,1,1,qedit.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Null Renderer,0x00200000,1,0,qedit.dll,6.06.7601.17514 MPEG-2 Sections and Tables,0x005fffff,1,0,Mpeg2Data.ax,6.06.7601.17514 Microsoft AC3 Encoder,0x00200000,1,1,msac3enc.dll,6.01.7601.17514 StreamBufferSource,0x00200000,0,0,sbe.dll,6.06.7601.17528 Smart Tee,0x00200000,1,2,qcap.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Overlay Mixer,0x00200000,0,0,qdvd.dll,6.06.7601.17835 AVI Decompressor,0x00600000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 AVI/WAV File Source,0x00400000,0,2,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Wave Parser,0x00400000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 MIDI Parser,0x00400000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Multi-file Parser,0x00400000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 File stream renderer,0x00400000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Microsoft DTV-DVD Audio Decoder,0x005fffff,1,1,msmpeg2adec.dll,6.01.7140.0000 StreamBufferSink2,0x00200000,0,0,sbe.dll,6.06.7601.17528 AVI Mux,0x00200000,1,0,qcap.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Line 21 Decoder 2,0x00600002,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 File Source (Async.),0x00400000,0,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 File Source (URL),0x00400000,0,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Infinite Pin Tee Filter,0x00200000,1,1,qcap.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Enhanced Video Renderer,0x00200000,1,0,evr.dll,6.01.7601.17514 BDA MPEG2 Transport Information Filter,0x00200000,2,0,psisrndr.ax,6.06.7601.17669 MPEG Video Decoder,0x40000001,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 WDM Streaming Tee/Splitter Devices: Tee/Sink-to-Sink Converter,0x00200000,1,1,ksproxy.ax,6.01.7601.17514 Video Compressors: WMVideo8 Encoder DMO,0x00600800,1,1,wmvxencd.dll,6.01.7600.16385 WMVideo9 Encoder DMO,0x00600800,1,1,wmvencod.dll,6.01.7600.16385 MSScreen 9 encoder DMO,0x00600800,1,1,wmvsencd.dll,6.01.7600.16385 DV Video Encoder,0x00200000,0,0,qdv.dll,6.06.7601.17514 MJPEG Compressor,0x00200000,0,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Cinepak Codec by Radius,0x00200000,1,1,qcap.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Intel IYUV codec,0x00200000,1,1,qcap.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Intel IYUV codec,0x00200000,1,1,qcap.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Microsoft RLE,0x00200000,1,1,qcap.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Microsoft Video 1,0x00200000,1,1,qcap.dll,6.06.7601.17514 Audio Compressors: WM Speech Encoder DMO,0x00600800,1,1,WMSPDMOE.DLL,6.01.7600.16385 WMAudio Encoder DMO,0x00600800,1,1,WMADMOE.DLL,6.01.7600.16385 IMA ADPCM,0x00200000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 PCM,0x00200000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Microsoft ADPCM,0x00200000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 GSM 6.10,0x00200000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 CCITT A-Law,0x00200000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 CCITT u-Law,0x00200000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 MPEG Layer-3,0x00200000,1,1,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Audio Capture Sources: Microphone (High Definition Aud,0x00200000,0,0,qcap.dll,6.06.7601.17514 PBDA CP Filters: PBDA DTFilter,0x00600000,1,1,CPFilters.dll,6.06.7601.17528 PBDA ETFilter,0x00200000,0,0,CPFilters.dll,6.06.7601.17528 PBDA PTFilter,0x00200000,0,0,CPFilters.dll,6.06.7601.17528 Midi Renderers: Default MidiOut Device,0x00800000,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Microsoft GS Wavetable Synth,0x00200000,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 WDM Streaming Capture Devices: HD Audio Microphone 2,0x00200000,1,1,ksproxy.ax,6.01.7601.17514 Integrated Webcam,0x00200000,1,2,ksproxy.ax,6.01.7601.17514 WDM Streaming Rendering Devices: HD Audio Headphone/Speakers,0x00200000,1,1,ksproxy.ax,6.01.7601.17514 HD Audio SPDIF out,0x00200000,1,1,ksproxy.ax,6.01.7601.17514 BDA Network Providers: Microsoft ATSC Network Provider,0x00200000,0,1,MSDvbNP.ax,6.06.7601.17514 Microsoft DVBC Network Provider,0x00200000,0,1,MSDvbNP.ax,6.06.7601.17514 Microsoft DVBS Network Provider,0x00200000,0,1,MSDvbNP.ax,6.06.7601.17514 Microsoft DVBT Network Provider,0x00200000,0,1,MSDvbNP.ax,6.06.7601.17514 Microsoft Network Provider,0x00200000,0,1,MSNP.ax,6.06.7601.17514 Video Capture Sources: Integrated Webcam,0x00200000,1,2,ksproxy.ax,6.01.7601.17514 Multi-Instance Capable VBI Codecs: VBI Codec,0x00600000,1,4,VBICodec.ax,6.06.7601.17514 BDA Transport Information Renderers: BDA MPEG2 Transport Information Filter,0x00600000,2,0,psisrndr.ax,6.06.7601.17669 MPEG-2 Sections and Tables,0x00600000,1,0,Mpeg2Data.ax,6.06.7601.17514 BDA CP/CA Filters: Decrypt/Tag,0x00600000,1,1,EncDec.dll,6.06.7601.17708 Encrypt/Tag,0x00200000,0,0,EncDec.dll,6.06.7601.17708 PTFilter,0x00200000,0,0,EncDec.dll,6.06.7601.17708 XDS Codec,0x00200000,0,0,EncDec.dll,6.06.7601.17708 WDM Streaming Communication Transforms: Tee/Sink-to-Sink Converter,0x00200000,1,1,ksproxy.ax,6.01.7601.17514 Audio Renderers: Speakers (High Definition Audio,0x00200000,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Default DirectSound Device,0x00800000,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Default WaveOut Device,0x00200000,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 Digital Audio (S/PDIF) (High De,0x00200000,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 DirectSound: Digital Audio (S/PDIF) (High Definition Audio Device),0x00200000,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 DirectSound: Speakers (High Definition Audio Device),0x00200000,1,0,quartz.dll,6.06.7601.17713 --------------- EVR Power Information --------------- Current Setting: {651288E5-A7ED-4076-A96B-6CC62D848FE1} (Balanced) Quality Flags: 2576 Enabled: Force throttling Allow half deinterlace Allow scaling Decode Power Usage: 100 Balanced Flags: 1424 Enabled: Force throttling Allow batching Force half deinterlace Force scaling Decode Power Usage: 50 PowerFlags: 1424 Enabled: Force throttling Allow batching Force half deinterlace Force scaling Decode Power Usage: 0

    Read the article

  • External USB drive is failing

    - by dma_k
    I have an external USB 2.0 drive WD My Book Mirror Edition, running in RAID 1 (mirroring) mode. A while ago the hard drive started to fail: it stops responding (directories are not listed returning an error after a big timeout). Sometimes it works for weeks before a failure, sometimes – few hours. Small write operations (like removing few files or editing a small file) do not harm, but when copying large files to the drive over the network, or creating the archive locally, the kernel dumps. Also interesting to note that once kernel has failed, Linux does not want to reboot normally (reboot hangs); when Linux box is shutdown with power button, WD drive does not go to sleep mode (as it usually does): leds continue to run, pressing and holding the "shutdown" button on drive's back panel does not do anything; only unplugging the power cord helps. Here goes the boot log: Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.514106] ehci_hcd: USB 2.0 'Enhanced' Host Controller (EHCI) Driver Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.657738] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: PCI INT A -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.673747] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.673751] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: EHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.725224] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.741647] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: using broken periodic workaround Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.761790] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: cache line size of 32 is not supported Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.761873] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: irq 23, io mem 0xfdfff000 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.796043] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: USB 2.0 started, EHCI 1.00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.879069] usb usb1: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0002 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.895446] usb usb1: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.911796] usb usb1: Product: EHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.928015] usb usb1: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 ehci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.944331] usb usb1: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.7 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.961285] usb usb1: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.994412] hub 1-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.010864] hub 1-0:1.0: 8 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.085939] uhci_hcd: USB Universal Host Controller Interface driver Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.191945] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.226029] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.226034] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.243237] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.260390] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: irq 23, io base 0x0000fe00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.277517] usb usb2: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.294815] usb usb2: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.312173] usb usb2: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.329534] usb usb2: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.346828] usb usb2: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.412989] usb usb2: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.430651] usb 1-2: new high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.449046] hub 2-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.466514] hub 2-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.484639] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: PCI INT B -> GSI 19 (level, low) -> IRQ 19 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.537750] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.537756] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.555085] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 3 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.572231] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: irq 19, io base 0x0000fd00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.589593] usb usb3: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.606869] usb usb3: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.624134] usb usb3: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.641329] usb usb3: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.658505] usb usb3: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.675843] usb usb3: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.692864] hub 3-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.709651] hub 3-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.727378] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: PCI INT C -> GSI 18 (level, low) -> IRQ 18 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.768252] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.768258] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.806679] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 4 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.824117] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: irq 18, io base 0x0000fc00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.841405] usb 1-2: New USB device found, idVendor=1058, idProduct=1104 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.858448] usb 1-2: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.875347] usb 1-2: Product: My Book Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.892113] usb 1-2: Manufacturer: Western Digital Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.908915] usb 1-2: SerialNumber: 575532553130303530353538 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.943242] usb usb4: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.960405] usb usb4: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.977615] usb usb4: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.994687] usb usb4: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.011711] usb usb4: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.029589] usb usb4: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.082027] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Attached SCSI disk Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.103953] usb 1-2: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.122625] hub 4-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.140484] hub 4-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.161680] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: PCI INT D -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.181257] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.181263] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.198614] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 5 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.216012] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: irq 16, io base 0x0000fb00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.249877] Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.267765] usb usb5: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.284947] usb usb5: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.302023] usb usb5: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.319215] usb usb5: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.336298] usb usb5: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.3 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.368377] Initializing USB Mass Storage driver... Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.390652] usbcore: registered new interface driver hiddev Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.408109] scsi4 : SCSI emulation for USB Mass Storage devices Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.425281] sr 0:0:1:0: Attached scsi CD-ROM sr0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.438978] sr 0:0:1:0: Attached scsi generic sg0 type 5 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.456328] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.474564] usb-storage: device found at 2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.474567] usb-storage: waiting for device to settle before scanning Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.475320] sd 2:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg1 type 0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.492587] USB Mass Storage support registered. Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.510930] usb usb5: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.531076] hub 5-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.548399] hub 5-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.591743] input: Western Digital My Book as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.7/usb1/1-2/1-2:1.1/input/input2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.609515] generic-usb 0003:1058:1104.0001: input,hidraw0: USB HID v1.11 Device [Western Digital My Book] on usb-0000:00:1d.7-2/input1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.627466] usbcore: registered new interface driver usbhid Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.581664] usb-storage: device scan complete Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.624270] scsi 4:0:0:0: Direct-Access WD My Book 1008 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.655135] scsi 4:0:0:1: Enclosure WD My Book Device 1008 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.675393] sd 4:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg2 type 0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.698669] scsi 4:0:0:1: Attached scsi generic sg3 type 13 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.723370] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] 1953513472 512-byte logical blocks: (1.00 TB/931 GiB) Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.750477] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Write Protect is off Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.769411] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Mode Sense: 10 00 00 00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.769414] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Assuming drive cache: write through Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.822971] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Assuming drive cache: write through Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.841978] sdb: sdb1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.905580] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Assuming drive cache: write through Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.924173] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Attached SCSI disk Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 11.600492] XFS mounting filesystem sdb1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 12.222948] Ending clean XFS mount for filesystem: sdb1 After a while the following appears in a log: Aug 16 09:30:56 kernel: [32359.112029] usb 1-2: reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 Aug 16 09:31:59 kernel: [32422.112035] usb 1-2: reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 Aug 16 09:33:00 kernel: [32483.112029] usb 1-2: reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 And then it is followed by few kernel dumps, which I think, are not good: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.428027] INFO: task xfssyncd:1002 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.462689] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.497422] xfssyncd D c3d84a60 0 1002 2 0x00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.532117] f6c9aa80 00000046 c1132742 c3d84a60 00000286 c1418100 c1418100 00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.566867] f6c9ac3c c2808100 00000000 f653b18b 00001d76 00000001 f6c9aa80 c3c3f0e0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.601343] 08e59242 f6c9ac3c 2e41392b 00000000 08e59242 00000000 c3f7fb48 0067385a Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.635533] Call Trace: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.668991] [<c1132742>] ? cfq_set_request+0x0/0x290 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.702804] [<c126b532>] ? io_schedule+0x5f/0x98 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.736555] [<c1128be0>] ? get_request_wait+0xcb/0x146 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.770360] [<c10437ba>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.804110] [<c112907c>] ? __make_request+0x2cc/0x3d9 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.837713] [<c1128230>] ? blk_peek_request+0x135/0x143 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.871265] [<f8582987>] ? scsi_dispatch_cmd+0x185/0x1e5 [scsi_mod] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.904407] [<c1127cf1>] ? generic_make_request+0x266/0x2b4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.937007] [<c10cf821>] ? bvec_alloc_bs+0x95/0xaf Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.969033] [<c1127dfb>] ? submit_bio+0xbc/0xd6 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.000485] [<c10cffd1>] ? bio_add_page+0x28/0x2e Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.031403] [<f8918d38>] ? _xfs_buf_ioapply+0x206/0x22b [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.061888] [<f89197bd>] ? xfs_buf_iorequest+0x38/0x60 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.091845] [<f8907230>] ? xlog_bdstrat_cb+0x16/0x3d [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.121222] [<f8905781>] ? XFS_bwrite+0x32/0x64 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.150007] [<f89059be>] ? xlog_sync+0x20b/0x311 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.178214] [<f89112fc>] ? xfs_trans_ail_tail+0x12/0x27 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.205914] [<f8906261>] ? xlog_state_sync_all+0xa2/0x141 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.233074] [<f8906611>] ? _xfs_log_force+0x51/0x68 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.259664] [<c103abaf>] ? process_timeout+0x0/0x5 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.285662] [<f8906636>] ? xfs_log_force+0xe/0x27 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.311171] [<f89202df>] ? xfs_sync_worker+0x17/0x5c [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.336117] [<f891fbb7>] ? xfssyncd+0x134/0x17d [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.360498] [<f891fa83>] ? xfssyncd+0x0/0x17d [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.384211] [<c1043588>] ? kthread+0x61/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.407890] [<c1043527>] ? kthread+0x0/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.430876] [<c1003d47>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x7/0x10 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.453394] INFO: task flush-8:16:12945 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.476116] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.498579] flush-8:16 D 00000000 0 12945 2 0x00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.520649] f4e4d540 00000046 e412e940 00000000 00000002 c1418100 c1418100 c14136ac Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.542426] f4e4d6fc c2808100 00000000 00000000 000008b4 00000001 f4e4d540 c3c3f0e0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.563745] 02e905a8 f4e4d6fc 007a5399 00000000 02e905a8 00000000 f4e2db48 00670b98 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.585077] Call Trace: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.605790] [<c126b532>] ? io_schedule+0x5f/0x98 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.626184] [<c1128be0>] ? get_request_wait+0xcb/0x146 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.646133] [<c10437ba>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.665659] [<c112907c>] ? __make_request+0x2cc/0x3d9 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.684716] [<f891796e>] ? xfs_convert_page+0x30a/0x331 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.703366] [<c1127cf1>] ? generic_make_request+0x266/0x2b4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.721644] [<c10cf821>] ? bvec_alloc_bs+0x95/0xaf Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.739465] [<c1127dfb>] ? submit_bio+0xbc/0xd6 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.756896] [<c10cfa45>] ? bio_alloc_bioset+0x7b/0xba Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.774046] [<f8917af0>] ? xfs_submit_ioend_bio+0x3b/0x44 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.790694] [<f8917ba3>] ? xfs_submit_ioend+0xaa/0xc4 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.806736] [<f891817d>] ? xfs_page_state_convert+0x5c0/0x61c [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.822859] [<c113705b>] ? __lookup_tag+0x8e/0xee Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.838958] [<f891840d>] ? xfs_vm_writepage+0x91/0xc4 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.855039] [<c108bbcc>] ? __writepage+0x8/0x22 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.871067] [<c108c17b>] ? write_cache_pages+0x1af/0x29f Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.886616] [<c108bbc4>] ? __writepage+0x0/0x22 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.901593] [<c108c285>] ? generic_writepages+0x1a/0x21 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.916455] [<f8918338>] ? xfs_vm_writepages+0x0/0x38 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.931484] [<c108c2a5>] ? do_writepages+0x19/0x25 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.946648] [<c10c80d9>] ? writeback_single_inode+0xc7/0x273 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.961675] [<c10c8c44>] ? writeback_inodes_wb+0x3dd/0x49c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.976831] [<c10c8e18>] ? wb_writeback+0x115/0x178 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.991778] [<c10c901f>] ? wb_do_writeback+0x121/0x131 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.006538] [<c103abaf>] ? process_timeout+0x0/0x5 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.021091] [<c10c9050>] ? bdi_writeback_task+0x21/0x89 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.035493] [<c10979e5>] ? bdi_start_fn+0x59/0xa4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.049765] [<c109798c>] ? bdi_start_fn+0x0/0xa4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.063792] [<c1043588>] ? kthread+0x61/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.077612] [<c1043527>] ? kthread+0x0/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.091260] [<c1003d47>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x7/0x10 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.104966] INFO: task smartctl:13098 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.118883] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.133012] smartctl D 00000020 0 13098 13097 0x00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.147221] e50b9540 00000086 c11d28a8 00000020 00000770 c1418100 c1418100 c14136ac Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.161720] e50b96fc c2808100 00000000 e53e8800 00000000 00000020 c3cec000 c13886c0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.176217] f99dab68 e50b96fc 007a4f1e 00000001 c4082f24 c4082ed8 00000001 c3c3f0e0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.190737] Call Trace: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.205038] [<c11d28a8>] ? __netdev_alloc_skb+0x14/0x2d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.219605] [<c126b799>] ? schedule_timeout+0x20/0xb0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.234144] [<c112820d>] ? blk_peek_request+0x112/0x143 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.248649] [<f85873b6>] ? scsi_request_fn+0x3c1/0x47a [scsi_mod] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.263233] [<c103aba8>] ? del_timer+0x55/0x5c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.277773] [<c126b6a2>] ? wait_for_common+0xa4/0x100 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.292342] [<c102cd8d>] ? default_wake_function+0x0/0x8 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.306958] [<c112b3d1>] ? blk_execute_rq+0x8b/0xb2 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.321569] [<c112b2ac>] ? blk_end_sync_rq+0x0/0x23 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.336070] [<c112b58b>] ? blk_recount_segments+0x13/0x20 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.350583] [<c1127307>] ? blk_rq_bio_prep+0x44/0x74 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.365059] [<c112b0b2>] ? blk_rq_map_kern+0xc5/0xee Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.379439] [<c112e2a5>] ? sg_scsi_ioctl+0x221/0x2aa Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.393801] [<c112e672>] ? scsi_cmd_ioctl+0x344/0x39a Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.408140] [<c1024c87>] ? update_curr+0x106/0x1b3 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.422566] [<c1024c87>] ? update_curr+0x106/0x1b3 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.436832] [<f87676aa>] ? sd_ioctl+0x90/0xb5 [sd_mod] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.451228] [<c112c35f>] ? __blkdev_driver_ioctl+0x53/0x63 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.465689] [<c112cbbf>] ? blkdev_ioctl+0x850/0x891 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.479982] [<c1020474>] ? __wake_up_common+0x34/0x59 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.494138] [<c10244cd>] ? complete+0x28/0x36 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.507986] [<c1086c64>] ? find_get_page+0x1f/0x81 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.521671] [<c10abed5>] ? add_partial+0xe/0x40 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.535285] [<c1086e68>] ? lock_page+0x8/0x1d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.548797] [<c1087432>] ? filemap_fault+0xb5/0x2e6 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.562141] [<c109941c>] ? __do_fault+0x381/0x3b1 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.575441] [<c10d0c30>] ? block_ioctl+0x27/0x2c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.588708] [<c10d0c09>] ? block_ioctl+0x0/0x2c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.601858] [<c10bcd78>] ? vfs_ioctl+0x1c/0x5f Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.614917] [<c10bd30c>] ? do_vfs_ioctl+0x4aa/0x4e5 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.627961] [<c10350db>] ? __do_softirq+0x115/0x151 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.640901] [<c126e270>] ? do_page_fault+0x2f1/0x307 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.653803] [<c10bd388>] ? sys_ioctl+0x41/0x58 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.666674] [<c10030fb>] ? sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x28 Then again few messages reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2. I have browsed and read similar error reports here and there and I tried: I have upgraded the kernel from v2.6.26-2 to 2.6.32-5, which has not solved the problem. They say, this might a cable problem. I have tried to replace the USB-to-miniUSB cable (that connects external drive with computer) with another one. No changes. Somebody suggests to try another USB port. I have only 4 external USB ports, tried another one with no success. They say to try uhci_hcd. I have unmounted the device, unloaded ehci_hcd and mounted again. The difference was that now in log I get reset full speed USB device using uhci_hcd and address 2 and similar kernel dumps after a while. They say to echo 128 > /sys/block/sdb/device/max_sectors. I tried it with ehci_hcd with no success (note: I have issued this command after the drive was mounted but before using it actively). I have lauched smartmond and checking periodically the output of smartctl: drive temperature is OK, number of bad sectors and uncorrectable errors is 0. Nothing suspicious is reported by S.M.A.R.T. except maybe the following: Aug 16 12:40:12 kernel: [43715.314566] program smartctl is using a deprecated SCSI ioctl, please convert it to SG_IO Aug 16 12:40:13 kernel: [43715.705622] program smartctl is using a deprecated SCSI ioctl, please convert it to SG_IO Of course, I have not tried all combinations of above. But unfortunately, I am run out of cardinal ideas. If anybody can advice something specific about the problem, you are very welcome.

    Read the article

  • Sendmail Failing to Forward Locally Addressed Mail to Exchange Server

    - by DomainSoil
    I've recently gained employment as a web developer with a small company. What they neglected to tell me upon hire was that I would be administrating the server along with my other daily duties. Now, truth be told, I'm not clueless when it comes to these things, but this is my first rodeo working with a rack server/console.. However, I'm confident that I will be able to work through any solutions you provide. Short Description: When a customer places an order via our (Magento CE 1.8.1.0) website, a copy of said order is supposed to be BCC'd to our sales manager. I say supposed because this was a working feature before the old administrator left. Long Description: Shortly after I started, we had a server crash which required a server restart. After restart, we noticed a few features on our site weren't working, but all those have been cleaned up except this one. I had to create an account on our server for root access. When a customer places an order, our sites software (Magento CE 1.8.1.0) is configured to BCC the customers order email to our sales manager. We use a Microsoft Exchange 2007 Server for our mail, which is hosted on a different machine (in-house) that I don't have access to ATM, but I'm sure I could if needed. As far as I can tell, all other external emails work.. Only INTERNAL email addresses fail to deliver. I know this because I've also tested my own internal address via our website. I set up an account with an internal email, made a test order, and never received the email. I changed my email for the account to an external GMail account, and received emails as expected. Let's dive into the logs and config's. For privacy/security reasons, names have been changed to the following: domain.com = Our Top Level Domain. email.local = Our Exchange Server. example.com = ANY other TLD. OLDadmin = Our previous Server Administrator. NEWadmin = Me. SALES@ = Our Sales Manager. Customer# = A Customer. Here's a list of the programs and config files used that hold relevant for this issue: Server: > [root@www ~]# cat /etc/centos-release CentOS release 6.3 (final) Sendmail: > [root@www ~]# sendmail -d0.1 -bt < /dev/null Version 8.14.4 ========SYSTEM IDENTITY (after readcf)======== (short domain name) $w = domain (canonical domain name) $j = domain.com (subdomain name) $m = com (node name) $k = www.domain.com > [root@www ~]# rpm -qa | grep -i sendmail sendmail-cf-8.14.4-8.e16.noarch sendmail-8.14-4-8.e16.x86_64 nslookup: > [root@www ~]# nslookup email.local Name: email.local Address: 192.168.1.50 hostname: > [root@www ~]# hostname www.domain.com /etc/mail/access: > [root@www ~]# vi /etc/mail/access Connect:localhost.localdomain RELAY Connect:localhost RELAY Connect:127.0.0.1 RELAY /etc/mail/domaintable: > [root@www ~]# vi /etc/mail/domaintable # /etc/mail/local-host-names: > [root@www ~]# vi /etc/mail/local-host-names # /etc/mail/mailertable: > [root@www ~]# vi /etc/mail/mailertable # /etc/mail/sendmail.cf: > [root@www ~]# vi /etc/mail/sendmail.cf ###################################################################### ##### ##### DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE! Only edit the source .mc file. ##### ###################################################################### ###################################################################### ##### $Id: cfhead.m4,v 8.120 2009/01/23 22:39:21 ca Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: cf.m4,v 8.32 1999/02/07 07:26:14 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### setup for linux ##### ##### $Id: linux.m4,v 8.13 2000/09/17 17:30:00 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: local_procmail.m4,v 8.22 2002/11/17 04:24:19 ca Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: no_default_msa.m4,v 8.2 2001/02/14 05:03:22 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: smrsh.m4,v 8.14 1999/11/18 05:06:23 ca Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: mailertable.m4,v 8.25 2002/06/27 23:23:57 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: virtusertable.m4,v 8.23 2002/06/27 23:23:57 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: redirect.m4,v 8.15 1999/08/06 01:47:36 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: always_add_domain.m4,v 8.11 2000/09/12 22:00:53 ca Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: use_cw_file.m4,v 8.11 2001/08/26 20:58:57 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: use_ct_file.m4,v 8.11 2001/08/26 20:58:57 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: local_procmail.m4,v 8.22 2002/11/17 04:24:19 ca Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: access_db.m4,v 8.27 2006/07/06 21:10:10 ca Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: blacklist_recipients.m4,v 8.13 1999/04/02 02:25:13 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: accept_unresolvable_domains.m4,v 8.10 1999/02/07 07:26:07 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: masquerade_envelope.m4,v 8.9 1999/02/07 07:26:10 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: masquerade_entire_domain.m4,v 8.9 1999/02/07 07:26:10 gshapiro Exp $ ##### ##### $Id: proto.m4,v 8.741 2009/12/11 00:04:53 ca Exp $ ##### # level 10 config file format V10/Berkeley # override file safeties - setting this option compromises system security, # addressing the actual file configuration problem is preferred # need to set this before any file actions are encountered in the cf file #O DontBlameSendmail=safe # default LDAP map specification # need to set this now before any LDAP maps are defined #O LDAPDefaultSpec=-h localhost ################## # local info # ################## # my LDAP cluster # need to set this before any LDAP lookups are done (including classes) #D{sendmailMTACluster}$m Cwlocalhost # file containing names of hosts for which we receive email Fw/etc/mail/local-host-names # my official domain name # ... define this only if sendmail cannot automatically determine your domain #Dj$w.Foo.COM # host/domain names ending with a token in class P are canonical CP. # "Smart" relay host (may be null) DSemail.local # operators that cannot be in local usernames (i.e., network indicators) CO @ % ! # a class with just dot (for identifying canonical names) C.. # a class with just a left bracket (for identifying domain literals) C[[ # access_db acceptance class C{Accept}OK RELAY C{ResOk}OKR # Hosts for which relaying is permitted ($=R) FR-o /etc/mail/relay-domains # arithmetic map Karith arith # macro storage map Kmacro macro # possible values for TLS_connection in access map C{Tls}VERIFY ENCR # who I send unqualified names to if FEATURE(stickyhost) is used # (null means deliver locally) DRemail.local. # who gets all local email traffic # ($R has precedence for unqualified names if FEATURE(stickyhost) is used) DHemail.local. # dequoting map Kdequote dequote # class E: names that should be exposed as from this host, even if we masquerade # class L: names that should be delivered locally, even if we have a relay # class M: domains that should be converted to $M # class N: domains that should not be converted to $M #CL root C{E}root C{w}localhost.localdomain C{M}domain.com # who I masquerade as (null for no masquerading) (see also $=M) DMdomain.com # my name for error messages DnMAILER-DAEMON # Mailer table (overriding domains) Kmailertable hash -o /etc/mail/mailertable.db # Virtual user table (maps incoming users) Kvirtuser hash -o /etc/mail/virtusertable.db CPREDIRECT # Access list database (for spam stomping) Kaccess hash -T<TMPF> -o /etc/mail/access.db # Configuration version number DZ8.14.4 /etc/mail/sendmail.mc: > [root@www ~]# vi /etc/mail/sendmail.mc divert(-1)dnl dnl # dnl # This is the sendmail macro config file for m4. If you make changes to dnl # /etc/mail/sendmail.mc, you will need to regenerate the dnl # /etc/mail/sendmail.cf file by confirming that the sendmail-cf package is dnl # installed and then performing a dnl # dnl # /etc/mail/make dnl # include(`/usr/share/sendmail-cf/m4/cf.m4')dnl VERSIONID(`setup for linux')dnl OSTYPE(`linux')dnl dnl # dnl # Do not advertize sendmail version. dnl # dnl define(`confSMTP_LOGIN_MSG', `$j Sendmail; $b')dnl dnl # dnl # default logging level is 9, you might want to set it higher to dnl # debug the configuration dnl # dnl define(`confLOG_LEVEL', `9')dnl dnl # dnl # Uncomment and edit the following line if your outgoing mail needs to dnl # be sent out through an external mail server: dnl # define(`SMART_HOST', `email.local')dnl dnl # define(`confDEF_USER_ID', ``8:12'')dnl dnl define(`confAUTO_REBUILD')dnl define(`confTO_CONNECT', `1m')dnl define(`confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST', `True')dnl define(`confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES', `True')dnl define(`PROCMAIL_MAILER_PATH', `/usr/bin/procmail')dnl define(`ALIAS_FILE', `/etc/aliases')dnl define(`STATUS_FILE', `/var/log/mail/statistics')dnl define(`UUCP_MAILER_MAX', `2000000')dnl define(`confUSERDB_SPEC', `/etc/mail/userdb.db')dnl define(`confPRIVACY_FLAGS', `authwarnings,novrfy,noexpn,restrictqrun')dnl define(`confAUTH_OPTIONS', `A')dnl dnl # dnl # The following allows relaying if the user authenticates, and disallows dnl # plaintext authentication (PLAIN/LOGIN) on non-TLS links dnl # dnl define(`confAUTH_OPTIONS', `A p')dnl dnl # dnl # PLAIN is the preferred plaintext authentication method and used by dnl # Mozilla Mail and Evolution, though Outlook Express and other MUAs do dnl # use LOGIN. Other mechanisms should be used if the connection is not dnl # guaranteed secure. dnl # Please remember that saslauthd needs to be running for AUTH. dnl # dnl TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`EXTERNAL DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN PLAIN')dnl dnl define(`confAUTH_MECHANISMS', `EXTERNAL GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN PLAIN')dnl dnl # dnl # Rudimentary information on creating certificates for sendmail TLS: dnl # cd /etc/pki/tls/certs; make sendmail.pem dnl # Complete usage: dnl # make -C /etc/pki/tls/certs usage dnl # dnl define(`confCACERT_PATH', `/etc/pki/tls/certs')dnl dnl define(`confCACERT', `/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt')dnl dnl define(`confSERVER_CERT', `/etc/pki/tls/certs/sendmail.pem')dnl dnl define(`confSERVER_KEY', `/etc/pki/tls/certs/sendmail.pem')dnl dnl # dnl # This allows sendmail to use a keyfile that is shared with OpenLDAP's dnl # slapd, which requires the file to be readble by group ldap dnl # dnl define(`confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL', `groupreadablekeyfile')dnl dnl # dnl define(`confTO_QUEUEWARN', `4h')dnl dnl define(`confTO_QUEUERETURN', `5d')dnl dnl define(`confQUEUE_LA', `12')dnl dnl define(`confREFUSE_LA', `18')dnl define(`confTO_IDENT', `0')dnl dnl FEATURE(delay_checks)dnl FEATURE(`no_default_msa', `dnl')dnl FEATURE(`smrsh', `/usr/sbin/smrsh')dnl FEATURE(`mailertable', `hash -o /etc/mail/mailertable.db')dnl FEATURE(`virtusertable', `hash -o /etc/mail/virtusertable.db')dnl FEATURE(redirect)dnl FEATURE(always_add_domain)dnl FEATURE(use_cw_file)dnl FEATURE(use_ct_file)dnl dnl # dnl # The following limits the number of processes sendmail can fork to accept dnl # incoming messages or process its message queues to 20.) sendmail refuses dnl # to accept connections once it has reached its quota of child processes. dnl # dnl define(`confMAX_DAEMON_CHILDREN', `20')dnl dnl # dnl # Limits the number of new connections per second. This caps the overhead dnl # incurred due to forking new sendmail processes. May be useful against dnl # DoS attacks or barrages of spam. (As mentioned below, a per-IP address dnl # limit would be useful but is not available as an option at this writing.) dnl # dnl define(`confCONNECTION_RATE_THROTTLE', `3')dnl dnl # dnl # The -t option will retry delivery if e.g. the user runs over his quota. dnl # FEATURE(local_procmail, `', `procmail -t -Y -a $h -d $u')dnl FEATURE(`access_db', `hash -T<TMPF> -o /etc/mail/access.db')dnl FEATURE(`blacklist_recipients')dnl EXPOSED_USER(`root')dnl dnl # dnl # For using Cyrus-IMAPd as POP3/IMAP server through LMTP delivery uncomment dnl # the following 2 definitions and activate below in the MAILER section the dnl # cyrusv2 mailer. dnl # dnl define(`confLOCAL_MAILER', `cyrusv2')dnl dnl define(`CYRUSV2_MAILER_ARGS', `FILE /var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp')dnl dnl # dnl # The following causes sendmail to only listen on the IPv4 loopback address dnl # 127.0.0.1 and not on any other network devices. Remove the loopback dnl # address restriction to accept email from the internet or intranet. dnl # DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp,Addr=127.0.0.1, Name=MTA')dnl dnl # dnl # The following causes sendmail to additionally listen to port 587 for dnl # mail from MUAs that authenticate. Roaming users who can't reach their dnl # preferred sendmail daemon due to port 25 being blocked or redirected find dnl # this useful. dnl # dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=submission, Name=MSA, M=Ea')dnl dnl # dnl # The following causes sendmail to additionally listen to port 465, but dnl # starting immediately in TLS mode upon connecting. Port 25 or 587 followed dnl # by STARTTLS is preferred, but roaming clients using Outlook Express can't dnl # do STARTTLS on ports other than 25. Mozilla Mail can ONLY use STARTTLS dnl # and doesn't support the deprecated smtps; Evolution <1.1.1 uses smtps dnl # when SSL is enabled-- STARTTLS support is available in version 1.1.1. dnl # dnl # For this to work your OpenSSL certificates must be configured. dnl # dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtps, Name=TLSMTA, M=s')dnl dnl # dnl # The following causes sendmail to additionally listen on the IPv6 loopback dnl # device. Remove the loopback address restriction listen to the network. dnl # dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`port=smtp,Addr=::1, Name=MTA-v6, Family=inet6')dnl dnl # dnl # enable both ipv6 and ipv4 in sendmail: dnl # dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Name=MTA-v4, Family=inet, Name=MTA-v6, Family=inet6') dnl # dnl # We strongly recommend not accepting unresolvable domains if you want to dnl # protect yourself from spam. However, the laptop and users on computers dnl # that do not have 24x7 DNS do need this. dnl # FEATURE(`accept_unresolvable_domains')dnl dnl # dnl FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX')dnl dnl # dnl # Also accept email sent to "localhost.localdomain" as local email. dnl # LOCAL_DOMAIN(`localhost.localdomain')dnl dnl # dnl # The following example makes mail from this host and any additional dnl # specified domains appear to be sent from mydomain.com dnl # MASQUERADE_AS(`domain.com')dnl dnl # dnl # masquerade not just the headers, but the envelope as well dnl FEATURE(masquerade_envelope)dnl dnl # dnl # masquerade not just @mydomainalias.com, but @*.mydomainalias.com as well dnl # FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)dnl dnl # MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain.com)dnl dnl MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(localhost.localdomain)dnl dnl MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(mydomainalias.com)dnl dnl MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(mydomain.lan)dnl MAILER(smtp)dnl MAILER(procmail)dnl dnl MAILER(cyrusv2)dnl /etc/mail/trusted-users: > [root@www ~]# vi /etc/mail/trusted-users # /etc/mail/virtusertable: > [root@www ~]# vi /etc/mail/virtusertable [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] /etc/hosts: > [root@www ~]# vi /etc/hosts 127.0.0.1 localhost.localdomain localhost ::1 localhost6.localdomain6 localhost6 192.168.1.50 email.local I've only included the "local info" part of sendmail.cf, to save space. If there are any files that I've missed, please advise so I may produce them. Now that that's out of the way, lets look at some entries from /var/log/maillog. The first entry is from an order BEFORE the crash, when the site was working as expected. ##Order 200005374 Aug 5, 2014 7:06:38 AM## Aug 5 07:06:39 www sendmail[26149]: s75C6dqB026149: from=OLDadmin, size=11091, class=0, nrcpts=2, msgid=<[email protected]>, relay=OLDadmin@localhost Aug 5 07:06:39 www sendmail[26150]: s75C6dXe026150: from=<[email protected]>, size=11257, class=0, nrcpts=2, msgid=<[email protected]>, proto=ESMTP, daemon=MTA, relay=localhost.localdomain [127.0.0.1] Aug 5 07:06:39 www sendmail[26149]: s75C6dqB026149: [email protected],=?utf-8?B?dGhvbWFzICBHaWxsZXNwaWU=?= <[email protected]>, ctladdr=OLDadmin (501/501), delay=00:00:00, xdelay=00:00:00, mailer=relay, pri=71091, relay=[127.0.0.1] [127.0.0.1], dsn=2.0.0, stat=Sent (s75C6dXe026150 Message accepted for delivery) Aug 5 07:06:40 www sendmail[26152]: s75C6dXe026150: to=<[email protected]>,<[email protected]>, delay=00:00:01, xdelay=00:00:01, mailer=relay, pri=161257, relay=email.local. [192.168.1.50], dsn=2.0.0, stat=Sent ( <[email protected]> Queued mail for delivery) This next entry from maillog is from an order AFTER the crash. ##Order 200005375 Aug 5, 2014 9:45:25 AM## Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30021]: s75EjQ4O030021: from=OLDadmin, size=11344, class=0, nrcpts=2, msgid=<[email protected]>, relay=OLDadmin@localhost Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30022]: s75EjQm1030022: <[email protected]>... User unknown Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30021]: s75EjQ4O030021: [email protected], ctladdr=OLDadmin (501/501), delay=00:00:00, xdelay=00:00:00, mailer=relay, pri=71344, relay=[127.0.0.1] [127.0.0.1], dsn=5.1.1, stat=User unknown Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30022]: s75EjQm1030022: from=<[email protected]>, size=11500, class=0, nrcpts=1, msgid=<[email protected]>, proto=ESMTP, daemon=MTA, relay=localhost.localdomain [127.0.0.1] Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30021]: s75EjQ4O030021: to==?utf-8?B?S2VubmV0aCBCaWViZXI=?= <[email protected]>, ctladdr=OLDadmin (501/501), delay=00:00:00, xdelay=00:00:00, mailer=relay, pri=71344, relay=[127.0.0.1] [127.0.0.1], dsn=2.0.0, stat=Sent (s75EjQm1030022 Message accepted for delivery) Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30021]: s75EjQ4O030021: s75EjQ4P030021: DSN: User unknown Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30022]: s75EjQm3030022: <[email protected]>... User unknown Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30021]: s75EjQ4P030021: to=OLDadmin, delay=00:00:00, xdelay=00:00:00, mailer=relay, pri=42368, relay=[127.0.0.1] [127.0.0.1], dsn=5.1.1, stat=User unknown Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30022]: s75EjQm3030022: from=<>, size=12368, class=0, nrcpts=0, proto=ESMTP, daemon=MTA, relay=localhost.localdomain [127.0.0.1] Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30021]: s75EjQ4P030021: s75EjQ4Q030021: return to sender: User unknown Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30022]: s75EjQm5030022: from=<>, size=14845, class=0, nrcpts=1, msgid=<[email protected]>, proto=ESMTP, daemon=MTA, relay=localhost.localdomain [127.0.0.1] Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30021]: s75EjQ4Q030021: to=postmaster, delay=00:00:00, xdelay=00:00:00, mailer=relay, pri=43392, relay=[127.0.0.1] [127.0.0.1], dsn=2.0.0, stat=Sent (s75EjQm5030022 Message accepted for delivery) Aug 5 09:45:26 www sendmail[30025]: s75EjQm5030022: to=root, delay=00:00:00, xdelay=00:00:00, mailer=local, pri=45053, dsn=2.0.0, stat=Sent Aug 5 09:45:27 www sendmail[30024]: s75EjQm1030022: to=<[email protected]>, delay=00:00:01, xdelay=00:00:01, mailer=relay, pri=131500, relay=email.local. [192.168.1.50], dsn=2.0.0, stat=Sent ( <[email protected]> Queued mail for delivery) To add a little more, I think I've pinpointed the actual crash event. ##THE CRASH## Aug 5 09:39:46 www sendmail[3251]: restarting /usr/sbin/sendmail due to signal Aug 5 09:39:46 www sm-msp-queue[3260]: restarting /usr/sbin/sendmail due to signal Aug 5 09:39:46 www sm-msp-queue[29370]: starting daemon (8.14.4): queueing@01:00:00 Aug 5 09:39:47 www sendmail[29372]: starting daemon (8.14.4): SMTP+queueing@01:00:00 Aug 5 09:40:02 www sendmail[29465]: s75Ee2vT029465: Authentication-Warning: www.domain.com: OLDadmin set sender to root using -f Aug 5 09:40:02 www sendmail[29464]: s75Ee2IF029464: Authentication-Warning: www.domain.com: OLDadmin set sender to root using -f Aug 5 09:40:02 www sendmail[29465]: s75Ee2vT029465: from=root, size=1426, class=0, nrcpts=1, msgid=<[email protected]>, relay=OLDadmin@localhost Aug 5 09:40:02 www sendmail[29464]: s75Ee2IF029464: from=root, size=1426, class=0, nrcpts=1, msgid=<[email protected]>, relay=OLDadmin@localhost Aug 5 09:40:02 www sendmail[29466]: s75Ee23t029466: from=<[email protected]>, size=1784, class=0, nrcpts=1, msgid=<[email protected]>, proto=ESMTP, daemon=MTA, relay=localhost.localdomain [127.0.0.1] Aug 5 09:40:02 www sendmail[29466]: s75Ee23t029466: to=<[email protected]>, delay=00:00:00, mailer=local, pri=31784, dsn=4.4.3, stat=queued Aug 5 09:40:02 www sendmail[29467]: s75Ee2wh029467: from=<[email protected]>, size=1784, class=0, nrcpts=1, msgid=<[email protected]>, proto=ESMTP, daemon=MTA, relay=localhost.localdomain [127.0.0.1] Aug 5 09:40:02 www sendmail[29467]: s75Ee2wh029467: to=<[email protected]>, delay=00:00:00, mailer=local, pri=31784, dsn=4.4.3, stat=queued Aug 5 09:40:02 www sendmail[29464]: s75Ee2IF029464: to=OLDadmin, ctladdr=root (0/0), delay=00:00:00, xdelay=00:00:00, mailer=relay, pri=31426, relay=[127.0.0.1] [127.0.0.1], dsn=2.0.0, stat=Sent (s75Ee23t029466 Message accepted for delivery) Aug 5 09:40:02 www sendmail[29465]: s75Ee2vT029465: to=OLDadmin, ctladdr=root (0/0), delay=00:00:00, xdelay=00:00:00, mailer=relay, pri=31426, relay=[127.0.0.1] [127.0.0.1], dsn=2.0.0, stat=Sent (s75Ee2wh029467 Message accepted for delivery) Aug 5 09:40:06 www sm-msp-queue[29370]: restarting /usr/sbin/sendmail due to signal Aug 5 09:40:06 www sendmail[29372]: restarting /usr/sbin/sendmail due to signal Aug 5 09:40:06 www sm-msp-queue[29888]: starting daemon (8.14.4): queueing@01:00:00 Aug 5 09:40:06 www sendmail[29890]: starting daemon (8.14.4): SMTP+queueing@01:00:00 Aug 5 09:40:06 www sendmail[29891]: s75Ee23t029466: to=<[email protected]>, delay=00:00:04, mailer=local, pri=121784, dsn=5.1.1, stat=User unknown Aug 5 09:40:06 www sendmail[29891]: s75Ee23t029466: s75Ee6xY029891: DSN: User unknown Aug 5 09:40:06 www sendmail[29891]: s75Ee6xY029891: to=<[email protected]>, delay=00:00:00, xdelay=00:00:00, mailer=local, pri=33035, dsn=2.0.0, stat=Sent Aug 5 09:40:06 www sendmail[29891]: s75Ee2wh029467: to=<[email protected]>, delay=00:00:04, mailer=local, pri=121784, dsn=5.1.1, stat=User unknown Aug 5 09:40:06 www sendmail[29891]: s75Ee2wh029467: s75Ee6xZ029891: DSN: User unknown Aug 5 09:40:06 www sendmail[29891]: s75Ee6xZ029891: to=<[email protected]>, delay=00:00:00, xdelay=00:00:00, mailer=local, pri=33035, dsn=2.0.0, stat=Sent Something to note about the maillog's: Before the crash, the msgid included localhost.localdomain; after the crash it's been domain.com. Thanks to all who take the time to read and look into this issue. I appreciate it and look forward to tackling this issue together.

    Read the article

  • C++/boost generator module, feedback/critic please

    - by aaa
    hello. I wrote this generator, and I think to submit to boost people. Can you give me some feedback about it it basically allows to collapse multidimensional loops to flat multi-index queue. Loop can be boost lambda expressions. Main reason for doing this is to make parallel loops easier and separate algorithm from controlling structure (my fieldwork is computational chemistry where deep loops are common) 1 #ifndef _GENERATOR_HPP_ 2 #define _GENERATOR_HPP_ 3 4 #include <boost/array.hpp> 5 #include <boost/lambda/lambda.hpp> 6 #include <boost/noncopyable.hpp> 7 8 #include <boost/mpl/bool.hpp> 9 #include <boost/mpl/int.hpp> 10 #include <boost/mpl/for_each.hpp> 11 #include <boost/mpl/range_c.hpp> 12 #include <boost/mpl/vector.hpp> 13 #include <boost/mpl/transform.hpp> 14 #include <boost/mpl/erase.hpp> 15 16 #include <boost/fusion/include/vector.hpp> 17 #include <boost/fusion/include/for_each.hpp> 18 #include <boost/fusion/include/at_c.hpp> 19 #include <boost/fusion/mpl.hpp> 20 #include <boost/fusion/include/as_vector.hpp> 21 22 #include <memory> 23 24 /** 25 for loop generator which can use lambda expressions. 26 27 For example: 28 @code 29 using namespace generator; 30 using namespace boost::lambda; 31 make_for(N, N, range(bind(std::max<int>, _1, _2), N), range(_2, _3+1)); 32 // equivalent to pseudocode 33 // for l=0,N: for k=0,N: for j=max(l,k),N: for i=k,j 34 @endcode 35 36 If range is given as upper bound only, 37 lower bound is assumed to be default constructed 38 Lambda placeholders may only reference first three indices. 39 */ 40 41 namespace generator { 42 namespace detail { 43 44 using boost::lambda::constant_type; 45 using boost::lambda::constant; 46 47 /// lambda expression identity 48 template<class E, class enable = void> 49 struct lambda { 50 typedef E type; 51 }; 52 53 /// transform/construct constant lambda expression from non-lambda 54 template<class E> 55 struct lambda<E, typename boost::disable_if< 56 boost::lambda::is_lambda_functor<E> >::type> 57 { 58 struct constant : boost::lambda::constant_type<E>::type { 59 typedef typename boost::lambda::constant_type<E>::type base_type; 60 constant() : base_type(boost::lambda::constant(E())) {} 61 constant(const E &e) : base_type(boost::lambda::constant(e)) {} 62 }; 63 typedef constant type; 64 }; 65 66 /// range functor 67 template<class L, class U> 68 struct range_ { 69 typedef boost::array<int,4> index_type; 70 range_(U upper) : bounds_(typename lambda<L>::type(), upper) {} 71 range_(L lower, U upper) : bounds_(lower, upper) {} 72 73 template< typename T, size_t N> 74 T lower(const boost::array<T,N> &index) { 75 return bound<0>(index); 76 } 77 78 template< typename T, size_t N> 79 T upper(const boost::array<T,N> &index) { 80 return bound<1>(index); 81 } 82 83 private: 84 template<bool b, typename T> 85 T bound(const boost::array<T,1> &index) { 86 return (boost::fusion::at_c<b>(bounds_))(index[0]); 87 } 88 89 template<bool b, typename T> 90 T bound(const boost::array<T,2> &index) { 91 return (boost::fusion::at_c<b>(bounds_))(index[0], index[1]); 92 } 93 94 template<bool b, typename T, size_t N> 95 T bound(const boost::array<T,N> &index) { 96 using boost::fusion::at_c; 97 return (at_c<b>(bounds_))(index[0], index[1], index[2]); 98 } 99 100 boost::fusion::vector<typename lambda<L>::type, 101 typename lambda<U>::type> bounds_; 102 }; 103 104 template<typename T, size_t N> 105 struct for_base { 106 typedef boost::array<T,N> value_type; 107 virtual ~for_base() {} 108 virtual value_type next() = 0; 109 }; 110 111 /// N-index generator 112 template<typename T, size_t N, class R, class I> 113 struct for_ : for_base<T,N> { 114 typedef typename for_base<T,N>::value_type value_type; 115 typedef R range_tuple; 116 for_(const range_tuple &r) : r_(r), state_(true) { 117 boost::fusion::for_each(r_, initialize(index)); 118 } 119 /// @return new generator 120 for_* new_() { return new for_(r_); } 121 /// @return next index value and increment 122 value_type next() { 123 value_type next; 124 using namespace boost::lambda; 125 typename value_type::iterator n = next.begin(); 126 typename value_type::iterator i = index.begin(); 127 boost::mpl::for_each<I>(*(var(n))++ = var(i)[_1]); 128 129 state_ = advance<N>(r_, index); 130 return next; 131 } 132 /// @return false if out of bounds, true otherwise 133 operator bool() { return state_; } 134 135 private: 136 /// initialize indices 137 struct initialize { 138 value_type &index_; 139 mutable size_t i_; 140 initialize(value_type &index) : index_(index), i_(0) {} 141 template<class R_> void operator()(R_& r) const { 142 index_[i_++] = r.lower(index_); 143 } 144 }; 145 146 /// advance index[0:M) 147 template<size_t M> 148 struct advance { 149 /// stop recursion 150 struct stop { 151 stop(R r, value_type &index) {} 152 }; 153 /// advance index 154 /// @param r range tuple 155 /// @param index index array 156 advance(R &r, value_type &index) : index_(index), i_(0) { 157 namespace fusion = boost::fusion; 158 index[M-1] += 1; // increment index 159 fusion::for_each(r, *this); // update indices 160 state_ = index[M-1] >= fusion::at_c<M-1>(r).upper(index); 161 if (state_) { // out of bounds 162 typename boost::mpl::if_c<(M > 1), 163 advance<M-1>, stop>::type(r, index); 164 } 165 } 166 /// apply lower bound of range to index 167 template<typename R_> void operator()(R_& r) const { 168 if (i_ >= M) index_[i_] = r.lower(index_); 169 ++i_; 170 } 171 /// @return false if out of bounds, true otherwise 172 operator bool() { return state_; } 173 private: 174 value_type &index_; ///< index array reference 175 mutable size_t i_; ///< running index 176 bool state_; ///< out of bounds state 177 }; 178 179 value_type index; 180 range_tuple r_; 181 bool state_; 182 }; 183 184 185 /// polymorphic generator template base 186 template<typename T,size_t N> 187 struct For : boost::noncopyable { 188 typedef boost::array<T,N> value_type; 189 /// @return next index value and increment 190 value_type next() { return for_->next(); } 191 /// @return false if out of bounds, true otherwise 192 operator bool() const { return for_; } 193 protected: 194 /// reset smart pointer 195 void reset(for_base<T,N> *f) { for_.reset(f); } 196 std::auto_ptr<for_base<T,N> > for_; 197 }; 198 199 /// range [T,R) type 200 template<typename T, typename R> 201 struct range_type { 202 typedef range_<T,R> type; 203 }; 204 205 /// range identity specialization 206 template<typename T, class L, class U> 207 struct range_type<T, range_<L,U> > { 208 typedef range_<L,U> type; 209 }; 210 211 namespace fusion = boost::fusion; 212 namespace mpl = boost::mpl; 213 214 template<typename T, size_t N, class R1, class R2, class R3, class R4> 215 struct range_tuple { 216 // full range vector 217 typedef typename mpl::vector<R1,R2,R3,R4> v; 218 typedef typename mpl::end<v>::type end; 219 typedef typename mpl::advance_c<typename mpl::begin<v>::type, N>::type pos; 220 // [0:N) range vector 221 typedef typename mpl::erase<v, pos, end>::type t; 222 // transform into proper range fusion::vector 223 typedef typename fusion::result_of::as_vector< 224 typename mpl::transform<t,range_type<T, mpl::_1> >::type 225 >::type type; 226 }; 227 228 229 template<typename T, size_t N, 230 class R1, class R2, class R3, class R4, 231 class O> 232 struct for_type { 233 typedef typename range_tuple<T,N,R1,R2,R3,R4>::type range_tuple; 234 typedef for_<T, N, range_tuple, O> type; 235 }; 236 237 } // namespace detail 238 239 240 /// default index order, [0:N) 241 template<size_t N> 242 struct order { 243 typedef boost::mpl::range_c<size_t,0, N> type; 244 }; 245 246 /// N-loop generator, 0 < N <= 5 247 /// @tparam T index type 248 /// @tparam N number of indices/loops 249 /// @tparam R1,... range types 250 /// @tparam O index order 251 template<typename T, size_t N, 252 class R1, class R2 = void, class R3 = void, class R4 = void, 253 class O = typename order<N>::type> 254 struct for_ : detail::for_type<T, N, R1, R2, R3, R4, O>::type { 255 typedef typename detail::for_type<T, N, R1, R2, R3, R4, O>::type base_type; 256 typedef typename base_type::range_tuple range_tuple; 257 for_(const range_tuple &range) : base_type(range) {} 258 }; 259 260 /// loop range [L:U) 261 /// @tparam L lower bound type 262 /// @tparam U upper bound type 263 /// @return range 264 template<class L, class U> 265 detail::range_<L,U> range(L lower, U upper) { 266 return detail::range_<L,U>(lower, upper); 267 } 268 269 /// make 4-loop generator with specified index ordering 270 template<typename T, class R1, class R2, class R3, class R4, class O> 271 for_<T, 4, R1, R2, R3, R4, O> 272 make_for(R1 r1, R2 r2, R3 r3, R4 r4, const O&) { 273 typedef for_<T, 4, R1, R2, R3, R4, O> F; 274 return F(F::range_tuple(r1, r2, r3, r4)); 275 } 276 277 /// polymorphic generator template forward declaration 278 template<typename T,size_t N> 279 struct For; 280 281 /// polymorphic 4-loop generator 282 template<typename T> 283 struct For<T,4> : detail::For<T,4> { 284 /// generator with default index ordering 285 template<class R1, class R2, class R3, class R4> 286 For(R1 r1, R2 r2, R3 r3, R4 r4) { 287 this->reset(make_for<T>(r1, r2, r3, r4).new_()); 288 } 289 /// generator with specified index ordering 290 template<class R1, class R2, class R3, class R4, class O> 291 For(R1 r1, R2 r2, R3 r3, R4 r4, O o) { 292 this->reset(make_for<T>(r1, r2, r3, r4, o).new_()); 293 } 294 }; 295 296 } 297 298 299 #endif /* _GENERATOR_HPP_ */

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 88 89 90 91 92